Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL proteins

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure provides compositions and methods of use to inhibit the interaction of menin with MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. The compositions and methods of use are useful for the treatment of leukemia, solid cancers, diabetes and other diseases dependent on activity of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and/or menin.

CROSS-REFERENCE

This application is a Divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No.15/829,604, filed Dec. 1, 2017, which is a Continuation of InternationalPatent Application PCT/US2016/022717, filed Mar. 16, 2016, which claimsthe benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/171,108, filed Jun.4, 2015, and Argentina Application No. P20160100689, filed Mar. 15,2016, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

SEQUENCE LISTING

The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has beensubmitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated byreference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Mar. 16, 2016, isnamed 47535703601_SL.txt and is 15,946 bytes in size.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The mixed-lineage leukemia (MLL) protein is a histone methyltransferasecritical for the epigenetic regulation of gene transcription. Many acuteleukemias, including acute myeloblastic leukemia (AML), acutelymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) and mixed-lineage leukemia (MLL), arecharacterized by the presence of chimeric MLL fusion proteins thatresult from chromosomal translocations of the MLL gene located atchromosome 11, band q23 (11q23). Chimeric MLL fusion proteins retainapproximately 1,400 amino acids of the N-terminus of MLL, but are fusedwith one of approximately 80 partner proteins (e.g., AF4, AF9, ENL,AF10, ELL, AF6, AF1p, GAS7). MLL fusion proteins lack the originalhistone methyltransferase activity of the C-terminus of MLL and gain theability to regulate transcription of numerous oncogenes, including HOXand MEIS1, resulting in increased cell proliferation and decreased celldifferentiation, ultimately leading to leukemogenesis.

The menin protein, which is encoded by the Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia(MEN) gene, is a ubiquitously expressed nuclear protein that engages ininteractions with DNA processing and repair proteins, chromatinmodifying proteins and numerous transcription factors (Agarwal, et al.;Horm Metab Res, 2005, 37(6): 369-374). The association of menin with theN-terminus of MLL fusion proteins is necessary for the observedoncogenic activity of MLL fusion proteins. This association has beenshown to constitutively up-regulate the expression of HOX and MEIS1oncogenes and impairs proliferation and differentiation of hematopoieticcells leading to leukemia development. Since menin has been shown tofunction as a general oncogenic cofactor in MLL-related leukemias, theinteraction between menin and MLL fusion proteins and MLL represents apotential chemotherapeutic target.

Patients, especially infants, with leukemias harboring chromosomaltranslocations of the MLL gene have a dismal prognosis, with less than a40% five year survival rate (Slany; Haematologica, 2009, 94(7):984-993). A novel therapeutic strategy is urgently needed to treat theseleukemias. Small molecule inhibitors that block the menin-MLLinteraction are thus valuable targets for treating diseases involvingthe MLL fusion proteins.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present disclosure addresses a need in the art by providingcompositions and methods for inhibiting the protein-protein interactionof menin with MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. The compositionsand methods herein may be useful for treating diseases dependent on theactivity of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and/or menin such asleukemia, solid cancers, and diabetes. In certain embodiments, acompound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin andinhibits the interaction of menin with MLL. In certain embodiments, acompound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits theinteraction of menin with MLL.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, the compoundnon-covalently or covalently binds to any one or more isoforms of menin,for example, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) orisoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3) of menin. In certain embodiments, the meninprotein shares 60% or more, 70% or more, 75% or more, 80% or more, 85%or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 99% or more sequence identity withisoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or isoform 3 (SEQ IDNO: 3).

In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula I:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-I is

-   -   each of X¹ and X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X³ and X⁴ is independently C or N;    -   each of Y¹ and Y² is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   provided that when X¹ is CR², X² is CR² or N, X³ is C, X⁴ is C,        and one of Y¹ and Y² is S, then the other of Y¹ or Y² is N;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and        R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula I, the compound has thestructure of Formula I-A:

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula I or Formula I-A, X³ is Cand X⁴ is C. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula I or FormulaI-A, X¹ is CR².

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula I or Formula I-A, R² in X¹is halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl,heteroalkyl, or haloalkyl. In some embodiments of a compound of FormulaI or Formula I-A, R² in X¹ is amino. In some embodiments of a compoundof Formula I or Formula I-A, R² in X¹ is alkyl, such as C₁-C₃ alkyl ormethyl. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula I or Formula I-A,Y² is CR³ and R³ in Y² is selected from H, halo, amino, carboxyl, andalkyl. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula I or Formula I-A, Y²is CR³ and R³ in Y² is selected from F, amino, carboxyl, and methyl.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of FormulaII:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-II is

-   -   X² is CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,        alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,        alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   L² is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹, R¹¹, R¹², and        R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring; and    -   R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,        oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, or heteroarylalkylamino.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula II, the compound has thestructure of Formula II-A:

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula II or Formula II-A, R¹⁴ ishalo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl,heteroalkyl, or haloalkyl, such as halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C₁-C₄amido, C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ heteroalkyl, or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl. In someembodiments of a compound of Formula II or Formula II-A, L³ is carbonyl,O, S, or —NR⁵—.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula II or Formula II-A, R¹⁴ isamino. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula II or Formula II-A,R¹⁴ is alkyl, such as C₁-C₃ alkyl or methyl. In some embodiments of acompound of Formula II or Formula II-A, X⁶ is CR³ and R³ in X⁶ isselected from H, halo, amino, carboxyl, and alkyl. In some embodimentsof a compound of Formula II or Formula II-A, X⁶ is CR³ and R³ in X⁶ isselected from F, amino, carboxyl, and methyl.

In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound ofFormula III:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III

-   -   is    -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   p is an integer from 1 to 9;    -   (i) at least one R^(A) is present at a carbon in the 2, 4, or 6        position of the piperidine ring; (ii) at least one R^(A) is        present at each of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position of the        piperidine ring, provided that when one R^(A) is present at one        of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position and at least one R^(A) is        present at the other of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position, an        R^(A) on the carbon in the 3 position and an R^(A) on the carbon        in the 5 position do not together form a bridge; or (iii) two        R^(A) are present at one of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position        of the piperidine ring, provided that when one R^(A) is present        at one of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position and at least one        R^(A) is present at the other of the carbons in the 3 or 5        position, an R^(A) on the carbon in the 3 position and an R^(A)        on the carbon in the 5 position do not together form a bridge;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, wherein two R^(A)        groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the same atom or        different atoms can together optionally form a bridge or ring.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula III, R^(A) is, at eachoccurrence, independently selected from H, halo, oxo, alkyl, aralkyl,heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of FormulaIV:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   p is an integer from 0 to 9;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   provided that for B-II when Z¹ is CR⁷ or N, Z² is CR⁷ or N, Z⁶        is NR⁹, Z⁷ is CR⁸, and Z⁸ is CR⁸, then Z⁵ is N;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring; and    -   provided that the compound of Formula IV is not any one of        compounds IV-27, IV-28, IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, and IV-32 listed in        Table 4d.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula IV, B comprises one ringheteroatom. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula IV, B comprisesone ring N atom. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula IV, Bcomprises two ring heteroatoms. In some embodiments of a compound ofFormula IV, B comprises two ring N atoms.

In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound ofFormula V:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,        alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,        alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   L² is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring, provided that when L³ is —NR⁵—, A is not a        piperidine ring that is connected at the carbon in position 4 of        the piperidine ring to L³ and connected at the N atom of the        piperidine ring to L²;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        R¹⁵, R^(A), and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula V, L³ is carbonyl, O, or—NR⁵—. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula V, L² is —NR⁵— or C₁alkylene. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula V, A is A-4, A-7,A-8, A-9, A-10, A-16, A-17, A-18, or A-57.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of FormulaVI:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   L¹ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   L⁴ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl,        provided that L⁴ is not a C₁ alkylene;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring, provided that when L¹ is —NR⁵—, A is not a        piperidine ring that is connected at the carbon in position 4 of        the piperidine ring to L¹ and connected at the N atom of the        piperidine ring to L⁴;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L⁴;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        R¹⁵, R^(A), and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring; and provided that the compound of Formula VI is        not compound VI-43 listed in Table 4f.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula VI, L¹ is a bond. In someembodiments of a compound of Formula VI, L⁴ is —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, or—NR⁶SO₂—. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula VI, R^(A) is, ateach occurrence, independently selected from H, cycloalkyl, aryl, andheteroaryl. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula VI, A is A-7,A-8, A-9, or A-10.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula VI, when L¹ is a bond, L⁴is —NR⁵—, R⁵ is H, and m is 0, A is not a piperidine ring that isconnected at the carbon in position 4 of the piperidine ring to L⁴ andconnected at the N atom of the piperidine ring to H-III. In someembodiments of a compound of Formula VI, the compound of Formula VI isnot compound VI-44 listed in Table 4f.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of FormulaIX:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   L¹ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to —C(R¹⁶R^(16a))—;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R¹⁶ and R^(16a) is independently selected from halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino; or R¹⁶ and R^(16a) together with the        carbon atom to which they are attached, come together to form an        optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or an optionally        substituted 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,

-   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the same    atom or different atoms can together optionally form a bridge or    ring;    -   provided that when one of X⁵ and X⁶ is CR³, the other of X⁵ or        X⁶ is S, L¹ is —NR⁵—, A is a piperidine ring that is connected        at the carbon in position 4 of the piperidine ring to L¹ and        connected at the N atom of the piperidine ring to —CR¹⁶R^(16a)—,        B is B-II, Z¹ and Z² are CR⁷, Z⁵ is C, Z⁶ is N, and Z⁷ and Z⁸        are CR⁸, Z⁶ is not substituted with an R^(B) that comprises a        functional group that covalently reacts with one or more        residues on menin.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula IX, the compound has thestructure of Formula IX-A:

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula IX or IX-A, the compounddoes not comprise a functional group that covalently reacts with one ormore residues on menin.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of FormulaX:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-X is selected from

-   -   each of X¹, X², and X⁷ is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X³ and X⁴ is independently C or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and        R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, H-X is

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, H-X is

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, H-X is

In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ is halo,hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl,or haloalkyl. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹is amino. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ isalkyl, such as C₁-C₃ alkyl or methyl. In some embodiments of a compoundof Formula X, X⁶ is CR³ and R³ in X⁶ is selected from H, halo, amino,carboxyl, and alkyl. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula X, X⁶is CR³ and R³ in X⁶ is selected from F, amino, carboxyl, and methyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, A, when present, iscycloalkyl, heterocyclic ring, aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodimentsof a compound provided herein, A, when present, has one of the followingstructures:

wherein the H of any CH or NH may be replaced with a bond to L¹, L², L³,L⁴ or R^(A). In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, A, whenpresent, is a 5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-memberedheterocyclic ring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl,5-membered heteroaryl, or 6-membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, L¹, when present, is—NR⁵—.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, L², when present, is—CH₂—, NR⁵, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, or —NR⁶SO₂—. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, L², when present, is C₁-C₄ alkylene.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, X², when present, isN. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, X², when present,is CR².

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, X⁶, when present, isCR³.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R³ in X⁶ is selectedfrom H, halo, amino, carboxyl, and alkyl. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, R³ in X⁶ is selected from F, amino, carboxyl,and methyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, X⁵, when present, isS.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹, when present, isa haloalkyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹, when present, is—CH₂CF₃ or —CH₂CHF₂.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, m, when present, is0. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, m, when present,is 1, 2 or 3.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, p, when present, is0. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, p, when present,is 1, 2 or 3.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R^(A), when present,is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo, oxo, alkyl,haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl,heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, n is 0. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, n is 1 or 2.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹⁵, when present, isH.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹⁵ is halo,hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl,or haloalkyl. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹⁵ isamino. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹⁵ is alkyl.In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹⁵ is C₁-C₃ alkyl.In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R¹⁵ is methyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R⁵, when present, isH or alkyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, each R⁷, whenpresent, is independently H, halo, hydroxyl, C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄alkoxy.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, each R⁸, whenpresent, is independently H, C₁-C₄ alkyl or cyano.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, each R⁹, whenpresent, is independently H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, aralkyl, heteroarylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl. In some embodiments of a compoundprovided herein, each R⁹, when present, is independently H, C₁-C₄ alkylor

wherein m′ is 1, 2 or 3.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, B, when present, isB-I. In some embodiments, B-I is connected to L², when present, or L⁴,when present, at a ring carbon. In some embodiments, B-I is connected toL², when present, or L⁴, when present, at a position selected from

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, B, when present, isB-II. In some embodiments, B-II is connected to L², when present, or L⁴,when present, at a ring carbon. In some embodiments, B-II is connectedto L², when present, or L⁴, when present, at a position selected from

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, B, when present, isB-III. In some embodiments, B-III is connected to L², when present, orL⁴, when present, at a ring carbon. In some embodiments, B-III isconnected to L², when present, or L⁴, when present, at a positionselected

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, B, when present, isB-IV. In some embodiments, B-IV is connected to L², when present, or L⁴,when present, at a ring carbon. In some embodiments, B-IV is connectedto L², when present, or L⁴, when present, at a position selected from

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein comprising B-II, Z¹and Z² are CR⁷; Z⁵ is C; Z⁶ is NR⁹; and Z⁷ and Z⁸ are CR⁸. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein comprising B-II, Z is CCH₃; Z²and Z⁸ are CH; Z⁵ is C; Z⁶ is NR⁹; and Z⁷ is CCN.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, the compound does notcomprise a functional group that covalently reacts with one or moreresidues on menin.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, the compound iscapable of (a) binding non-covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting theinteraction of menin and MLL.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, one or more of R¹,R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶,R^(16a), R^(A), and R^(B), when present, comprises a functional groupthat covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, the functional groupcovalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, the functional groupcovalently reacts with a cysteine on menin at position 329 relative toSEQ ID NO: 2 when optimally aligned or position 334 relative to SEQ IDNO: 1 when optimally aligned.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, the compound iscapable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting theinteraction of menin and MLL.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, the compoundcomprises an R^(B) selected from:

-   -   wherein:    -   G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C₃₋₁₂        carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations        thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more        R³² groups;    -   V is absent or selected from a C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle, and 3- to        12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted        with one or more R³² groups;    -   each of R²¹ and R³² is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from:        -   H, halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰,            —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰,            —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),            —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, and —CN;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to            10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle;    -   wherein two R³² on the same carbon atom can come together to        form a C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle;        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered            heterocycle of R³² is independently optionally substituted            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl,            and C₂₋₆ alkynyl;    -   R²⁰ at each occurrence is independently selected from:        -   hydrogen;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR³⁰,            —SR³⁰, —N(R³⁰)₂, —N(R³⁰)C(O)R³⁰, —C(O)R³⁰, —C(O)OR³⁰,            —C(O)N(R³⁰)₂, —OC(O)R³⁰, —S(O)₂R³⁰, —S(O)₂N(R³⁰)₂,            —N(R³⁰)S(O)₂R³⁰, —NO₂, —P(O)(OR³⁰)₂, —P(O)(R³⁰)₂,            —OP(O)(OR³⁰)₂, and —CN; and        -   3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle; and    -   R³⁰ at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen,        C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²¹ comprises afunctional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues onmenin. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, the functionalgroup covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin. Insome embodiments of a compound provided herein, the functional groupcovalently reacts with a cysteine on menin at position 329 relative toSEQ ID NO: 2 when optimally aligned or position 334 relative to SEQ IDNO: 1 when optimally aligned.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²¹ is a moietycomprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl; an alpha,beta-unsaturated sulfonyl; an epoxide; an aldehyde; sulfonyl fluoride; ahalomethylcarbonyl; a dihalomethylcarbonyl; or a trihalomethylcarbonyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²¹ is selected from:

-   -   wherein:    -   L⁵ is selected from a bond; and C₁₋₆ alkylene, C₁₋₆        heteroalkylene, C₂₋₆ alkenylene, and C₂₋₆ alkynylene, each of        which is independently optionally substituted with one or more        R³² groups;    -   R²² and R²³ are selected from        -   hydrogen, halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰,            —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰,            —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),            —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, and —CN;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to            10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle,        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered            heterocycle of R²² and R²³ is independently optionally            substituted with one or more substituents selected from            halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰,            —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰,            —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),            —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl,            C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; or R²² and R²³, together            with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a            carbocyclic ring;    -   R²⁴ is selected from:        -   hydrogen, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰,            —S(O)₂R²⁰, and —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to            10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle,        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered            heterocycle of R²⁴ is independently optionally substituted            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl,            and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, L⁵ is a bond. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, L⁵ is optionally substitutedC₁₋₆ alkylene. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, L⁵ isselected from methylene, ethylene or propylene. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, L⁵ is substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from halogen, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, and—N(R²⁰)₂.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²³ is selected from:

-   -   hydrogen;    -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is        independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one        or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰,        —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂,        —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O,        ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN,        C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and    -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle,    -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle        is independently optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂,        —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰,        —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S,        ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆        alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²³ is selected from:

-   -   hydrogen;    -   C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents        selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),        and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally        substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen,        —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,        —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,        —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,        —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and        C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²³ is selected fromhydrogen and C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, ═O, ═S,═N(R²⁰), and —CN.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²² is selected from:

-   -   hydrogen and —CN;    -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is        independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one        or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰,        —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂,        —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O,        ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN,        C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and    -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle,    -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle        is independently optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂,        —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰,        —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S,        ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆        alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²² is selected fromhydrogen; —CN; and C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, and —N(R²⁰)₂.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²² and R²³, togetherwith the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-, 6-, or7-membered carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²⁴ is selected fromhydrogen and C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —NO₂, ═O,and —CN.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²¹ is selected from:

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²¹ is a moiety with5 to 50 atoms.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, R²¹ is a moiety with5 to 40 atoms.

In some embodiments, V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated ring,3-8 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. V may be optionally substituted withone or more R³² groups, such as with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R³² groups. Insome embodiments, V is a 3-7 membered saturated ring, such as a 3-7membered cycloalkyl or 3-7 membered aromatic or non-aromaticheterocycle. In some embodiments, V is a 3-7 membered unsaturated ring,such as a 6 membered aryl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, or 3-7 memberedcycloalkenyl.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is selected from a3-8 membered saturated ring optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is a 3-,4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodimentsof a compound provided herein, V is selected from:

any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionallysubstituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, V is selected from azetidine, oxetane,piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane,imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine,any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is selected from:

any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is a bicyclicheterocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, V is selected from

any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In certain embodiments, V is a 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, suchas a 8-10 membered fused bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, thefused bicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or moreatoms selected from N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, the fusedbicyclic ring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms. Eachof the rings of the fused bicyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated.In particular embodiments, both rings of the fused bicyclic ring aresaturated. Non-limiting examples of V comprising a fused bicyclic ringinclude

In some embodiments, V is a 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring, such as a7-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, the fusedbicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or more atomsselected from N, O, and S. In particular embodiments, the fused bicyclicring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms. Non-limitingexamples of V comprising a spiro bicyclic ring include

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is selected from anunsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodimentsof a compound provided herein, V is selected from phenyl, pyridine,pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline,isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline,phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene,imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole,thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole,dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran,isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine,indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one ofwhich is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, V is phenyl, optionallysubstituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionallysubstituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine,pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline,isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline,phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole,pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole,isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole,benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionallysubstituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodiments of acompound provided herein, V is selected from

wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, V is absent.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is a bond.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is alkyleneoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is selected frommethylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodimentsof a compound provided herein, G is selected from:

wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is a heteroalkyleneoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is a C₃₋₁₀carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is a saturatedC₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one ofwhich is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound provided herein, G is selected from:

and wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or moreR³² groups.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from Table 4a, Table 4b,Table 4c, Table 4d, Table 4e, or Table 4f. In some cases, the compoundis not any one of the compounds selected from IV-27 listed in Table 4d,IV-28 listed in Table 4d, IV-29 listed in Table 4d, IV-30 listed inTable 4d, IV-31 listed in Table 4d, IV-32 listed in Table 4d, VI-43listed in Table 4f, and VI-44 listed in Table 4f.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a compound disclosed herein and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments, thepharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration. Insome embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated forinjection.

In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofinhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, comprisingcontacting menin with an effective amount of a compound disclosedherein.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofinhibiting the menin-MLL interaction, comprising contacting menin withan effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, wherein inhibitionof the interaction is evidenced by a reduction in the expression of aMLL fusion protein target gene, such as HOXA9, DLX2, or MEIS1.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofstabilizing menin, comprising contacting menin with a compound disclosedherein. In some embodiments, the contacting step comprises contactingmenin with an amount of the compound sufficient to stabilize menin. Insome embodiments, the contacting step takes place in a cell.

In some embodiments of a method disclosed herein, the step of contactingcomprises contacting a cell that expresses menin. In some embodiments ofa method disclosed herein, the method comprises administering a secondtherapeutic agent to the cell. In some embodiments of a method disclosedherein, the contacting step takes place in vivo. In some embodiments ofa method disclosed herein, the contacting step takes place in vitro.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treatinga disease or condition associated with MLL fusion proteins, comprisingadministering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of acompound disclosed herein.

In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method oftreating a disease or condition in a subject, comprising administeringto the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceuticalcomposition of a compound disclosed herein.

In some embodiments of a method disclosed herein, the disease orcondition comprises a leukemia, hematologic malignancies, solid tumorcancer, prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, brain tumor, ordiabetes. In some embodiments, the leukemia comprises AML, ALL, MixedLineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications of MLL.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treatinga disorder mediated by chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11 q23 ina subject in need thereof, the method comprising: administering to thesubject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosedherein.

In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method oftreating a disorder mediated by an interaction between menin and anotherprotein, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof atherapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein.

In some embodiments of a method disclosed herein, the subject is ahuman.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a kit comprising apharmaceutical composition disclosed herein and instructions for usingthe composition to treat a subject suffering from a disease or conditionmediated by an interaction between menin and another protein.

The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity inthe appended claims. A better understanding of the features andadvantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to thefollowing detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments,in which the principles of the invention are utilized.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in thisspecification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent asif each individual publication, patent, or patent application wasspecifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).

FIG. 2 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO:2).

FIG. 3 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO:3).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Definitions

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used hereinhave the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in theart to which this invention belongs.

“MLL fusion protein” refers to a protein with an N-terminal fragment ofMLL fused with a partner protein. Non-limiting examples of a partnerprotein include 11q23, 11q23.3, 11q24, 1p13.1, 1p32 (EPS15), 21q22,9p13.3, 9p22 (MLLT3/AF9), ABI1, ABI2, ACACA, ACTN4, AF1p, AFF1/AF4,AFF3/LAF4, AFF4/AF5, AKAP13, AP2A2, ARHGEF12, ARHGEF17, BCL9L, BTBD18,BUD13, C2CD3, CASC5, CASP8AP2, CBL, CBP, CEP164, CEP170B, CREBBP, DCP1A,DCPS, EEFSEC/SELB, ELL, EPS15, FLNA, FNBP1, FOXO3, GAS7, GMPS, KIAA1524,LAMC3, LOC100131626, MAML2, ME2, MLLT1/ENL, MLLT10/AF10, MLLT11/AF1Q,MLLT3/AF9, MLLT4/AF6, MLLT6/AF17, MYH11, MYO1F, NA, NEBL, NRIP3, PDS5A,PICALM, PRPF19, PTD, RUNDC3B, SEPT11, SEPT2, SEPT5, SEPT6, SEPT9, SMAP1,TET1, TNRC18, TOP3A, VAV1, and Xq26.3 (CT45A2). MLL fusion proteins maybe created through the joining of a gene that codes for an MLL proteinand a gene that codes for a partner protein creating a fusion gene.Translation of this fusion gene may result in a single or multiplepolypeptides with functional properties derived from each of theoriginal proteins.

“Amino” refers to the —NH₂ moiety.

“Carbonyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —C(═O)—.

“Carboxy” or “carboxyl” refers to the —CO₂H moiety.

“Cyano” refers to the —CN moiety.

“Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the —OH moiety.

“Imino” refers to the ═NH moiety. Unless stated otherwise specificallyin the specification, an imino group is optionally substituted.

“Nitro” refers to the —NO₂ moiety.

“Oxo” refers to the ═O moiety.

“Thioxo” refers to the ═S moiety.

“Acyl” refers to the group —C(═O)R_(a), where R_(a) is selected from thegroup consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded througha ring carbon), heteroalkyl, and heterocyclylalkyl. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an acyl group is optionallysubstituted.

“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain moietyconsisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which is saturated orunsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds),having from one to twelve carbon atoms (C₁-C₁₂ alkyl), preferably one toeight carbon atoms (C₁-C₈ alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms (C₁-C₆alkyl), and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a singlebond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl),n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl,2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl,penta-1,4-dienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and thelike. Alkyl includes alkenyls (one or more carbon-carbon double bonds)and alkynyls (one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds). Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group isoptionally substituted.

“Alkoxy” refers to a moiety of the formula —OR_(a) where R_(a) is analkyl group as defined herein containing one to twelve carbon atoms.Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxygroup is optionally substituted.

“Alkylamino” refers to a moiety of the formula —NHR_(a) or —NR_(a)R_(b)where R_(a) and R_(b) are each independently an alkyl group as definedherein containing one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, an alkylamino group is optionallysubstituted.

“Alkylaminoalkyl” refers to an alkyl moiety comprising at least onealkylamino substituent. The alkylamino substituent can be on a tertiary,secondary or primary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an alkylaminoalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Amide” or “amido” refers to a moiety with formula —C(═O)NR_(a)R_(b) or—NR_(a)C(═O) R_(b), where R_(a) and R_(b) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon), heteroalkyl, andheterocyclylalkyl, each of which moiety may itself be optionallysubstituted. In some embodiments, it is a C₁-C₄ amido or amide group,which includes the amide carbonyl in the total number of carbons in thegroup. The R_(a)R_(b) of —NR_(a)R_(b) of the amide may optionally betaken together with the nitrogen to which it is attached to form a 4-,5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an amido group is optionally substituted.

“Aminoalkyl” refers to an alkyl moiety comprising at least one aminosubstituent. The amino substituent can be on a tertiary, secondary orprimary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an aminoalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Aminocarbonyl” refers to an amide moiety of the formula—C(═O)NR_(a)R_(b), where R_(a) and R_(b) are each independently H oralkyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, anaminocarbonyl group is optionally substituted.

“Aryl” refers to a hydrocarbon ring system moiety comprising 6 to 18carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of thisinvention, the aryl moiety is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, ortetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ringsystems.

Aryl moieties include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene,acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene,chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane,indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, andtriphenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification,the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-” (such as in “aralkyl”) is meant toinclude aryl groups that are optionally substituted.

“Aralkyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —R_(b)—R_(c) where R_(b) isan alkylene chain as defined herein and R_(c) is one or more arylmoieties as defined herein, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl, and thelike. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, anaralkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Aralkylamino” refers to a aralkyl-NR_(a)— moiety, where R_(a) is H oralkyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, anaralkylamino is optionally substituted.

“Aralkyloxy” refers to an aralkyl-O— moiety. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, an aralkyloxy is optionallysubstituted.

“Arylamino” refers to a —NR_(a)-aryl moiety, where R_(a) is H or alkyl.Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an arylaminois optionally substituted.

“Aryloxy” refers to an —O-aryl moiety. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, an aryloxy is optionally substituted.

“Bicycloalkyl” refers to a moiety with two cycloalkyl moieties, thathave one or more atoms in common. If the cycloalkyl moieties haveexactly one atom in common they are said to be “spiro”. Examplesinclude, but are not limited to, spiro[2.2]pentane, spiro[5.5]undecane,spiro[4.5]decane, spiro[3.6]decane, and the like. If the cycloalkylmoieties have exactly two adjacent atoms in common they are said to be“fused”. Examples include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl,perhydronaphthyl, and the like. If the cycloalkyl moieties have morethan two atoms in common they are said to be “bridged”. Examplesinclude, but are not limited to, tricyclo[3.3.1.1]decyl (“adamantyl”),bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl (“norbornyl”),bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specificallyin the specification, a bicycloalkyl is optionally substituted.

“Carboxyalkyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —R_(b)—R_(c) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined herein and R_(c) is a carboxygroup as defined herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, carboxyalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Cyanoalkyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —R_(b)—R_(c) where R_(b)is an alkylene chain as defined herein and R_(c) is a cyano group asdefined herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a cyanoalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Cycloalkyl” or “carbocyclic ring” refers to a non-aromatic monocyclicor polycyclic hydrocarbon moiety, which may include fused, spiro, orbridged ring systems, having from three to fifteen carbon atoms,preferably having from three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturatedor unsaturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a singlebond. Monocyclic cycloalkyl moieties include, for example, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl,cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic cycloalkyl moieties include, forexample, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl,7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. A “cycloalkenyl” is acycloalkyl comprising one or more carbon-carbon double bonds within thering, such as cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. Unless otherwise statedspecifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group is optionallysubstituted.

“Carbocycle” refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring inwhich each atom of the ring is a carbon atom. Carbocycle may include 3-to 10-membered monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and6- to 12-membered bridged rings. Each ring of a bicyclic carbocycle maybe selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings. In someembodiments, the carbocycle is an aryl. In some embodiments, thecarbocycle is a cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is acycloalkenyl. In an exemplary embodiment, an aromatic ring, e.g.,phenyl, may be fused to a saturated or unsaturated ring, e.g.,cyclohexane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexene. Any combination of saturated,unsaturated and aromatic bicyclic rings, as valence permits, areincluded in the definition of carbocyclic. Exemplary carbocycles includecyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, adamantyl, phenyl, indanyl, andnaphthyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, acarbocycle is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such asthose substituents described herein.

“Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —R_(b)R_(d) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined herein and R_(d) is a cycloalkylmoiety as defined herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a cycloalkylalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Cycloalkylalkylamino” refers to a cycloalkylalkyl-NR_(a)— moiety, whereR_(a) is H or alkyl and where the cycloalkylalkyl moiety is attached viaa carbon atom to nitrogen, wherein the nitrogen functions as a linker toattach the moiety to the remainder of the molecule. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylalkylamino isoptionally substituted.

“Cycloalkylalkyloxy” refers to a —O-cycloalkylalkyl moiety, where thecycloalkylalkyl moiety is attached via a carbon atom to oxygen, whereinthe oxygen functions as a linker to attach the moiety to the remainderof the molecule. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a cycloalkylalkyloxy is optionally substituted.

“Cycloalkylamino” refers to a —NR_(a)-cycloalkyl moiety, where R_(a) isH or alkyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, acycloalkylamino is optionally substituted.

“Cycloalkyloxy” refers to an —O-cycloalkyl moiety. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyloxy isoptionally substituted.

“Halo” or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.

“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, that issubstituted by one or more halo atoms, as defined herein, e.g.,trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, —CH₂CF₃,—CH₂CHF₂, —CH₂CH₂F, —CHFCF₃, —CHFCHF₂, —CHFCH₂F, —CHFCH₃, —CF₂CF₃,—CF₂CHF₂, —CF₂CH₂F, —CF₂CH₃, —CH₂CF₂CH₃, —CH₂CHFCH₃,3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, a haloalkyl group isoptionally substituted.

As used herein, the term “heteroatom” or “ring heteroatom” is meant toinclude any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatomsare oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), and phosphorus (P).

“Heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means,unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain; monocyclic orpolycyclic moiety, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; orany combination thereof, comprising at least one carbon atom and atleast one heteroatom, such as O, N, P, Si and S, wherein one or moreheteroatoms may be oxidized. Heteroatom(s) may be positioned within thealkyl moiety, e.g., —CH₂—O—CH₂—; at a point of connectivity with theremainder of the molecule, e.g., —SO₂CH(CH₃)CH₂—; or a combinationthereof, e.g., —NH₂CH₂CH₂SO₂CH₂—. Unless stated otherwise specificallyin the specification, a heteroalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Heteroaryl” refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system moiety comprisingone to thirteen carbon atoms; one to six heteroatoms such as nitrogen,oxygen, and sulfur; and one or multiple rings wherein at least one ringis aromatic. For purposes of this invention, the heteroaryl group may bea monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which mayinclude fused or bridged ring systems and one or more heteroatoms may beoxidized. Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl,benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl,benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl,benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl,benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl,benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl(benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl,carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl,furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl,isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl,isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl,oxiranyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl,1-oxidopyridazinyl, 1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl,phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl,pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl,quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl,tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl,triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e., thienyl). Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a heteroaryl group is optionallysubstituted.

“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —R_(b)R_(f) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined herein and R_(f) is a heteroarylgroup as defined herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a heteroarylalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“Heteroarylalkylamino” refers to a heteroarylalkyl-NR_(a)— moiety, whereR_(a) is H or alkyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an heteroarylalkylamino is optionally substituted.

“Heteroarylalkyloxy” refers to an heteroarylalkyl-O— moiety. Unlessstated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroarylalkyloxyis optionally substituted.

“Heteroarylamino” refers to a —NR_(a)-heteroaryl moiety, where R_(a) isH or alkyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, aheteroarylamino is optionally substituted.

“Heteroaryloxy” refers to an —O-heteroaryl moiety. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an heteroaryloxy isoptionally substituted.

“Heterobicycloalkyl” refers to a bicycloalkyl structure in which atleast one carbon ring atom is replaced with a heteroatom such as oxygen,nitrogen, and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a heterobicycloalkyl is optionally substituted.

“Heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic ring” refers to a 3- to 18-memberednon-aromatic ring which consists of two to twelve carbon atoms and fromone to six heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unlessstated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocyclylgroup is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system,which may include fused or bridged ring systems; the heteroatoms may beoptionally oxidized; and the heterocyclyl may be unsaturated orsaturated. Examples of such heterocyclyl moieties include, but are notlimited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl,imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl,morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl,2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl,thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl,thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a heterocyclyl group is optionally substituted.

“Heterocycle” refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ringcomprising one or more heteroatoms. Exemplary heteroatoms include N, O,Si, P, B, and S atoms. Heterocycles include 3- to 10-membered monocyclicrings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridgedrings. Each ring of a bicyclic heterocycle may be selected fromsaturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings. The heterocycle may beattached to the rest of the molecule through any atom of theheterocycle, valence permitting, such as a carbon or nitrogen atom ofthe heterocycle. In some embodiments, the heterocycle is a heteroaryl.In some embodiments, the heterocycle is a heterocycloalkyl. In anexemplary embodiment, a heterocycle, e.g., pyridyl, may be fused to asaturated or unsaturated ring, e.g., cyclohexane, cyclopentane, orcyclohexene.

“Heterocyclylalkyl” or “heterocycloalkyl” refers to a moiety of theformula —R_(b)R_(e) where R_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined hereinand R_(e) is a heterocyclyl moiety as defined herein, and if theheterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl isoptionally attached to the alkyl moiety at the nitrogen atom. Unlessstated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclylalkylgroup is optionally substituted.

“Heterocyclylalkylamino” refers to a heterocyclylalkyl-NR_(a)— moiety,where R_(a) is H or alkyl and where the heterocyclylalkyl moiety isattached via a carbon atom to nitrogen, wherein the nitrogen functionsas a linker to attach the moiety to the remainder of the molecule.Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, aheterocyclylalkylamino is optionally substituted.

“Heterocyclylalkyloxy” refers to a —O-heterocycloalkyl moiety, where theheterocyclylalkyl moiety is attached via a carbon atom to oxygen,wherein the oxygen functions as a linker to attach the moiety to theremainder of the molecule. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a heterocyclylalkyloxy is optionally substituted.

“Heterocyclylamino” refers to a —NR_(a)-heterocyclyl moiety, where R_(a)is H or alkyl and where the heterocyclyl moiety is attached via a carbonatom to nitrogen, wherein the nitrogen functions as a linker to attachthe moiety to the remainder of the molecule. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a heterocyclylamino is optionallysubstituted.

“Heterocyclyloxy” refers to an —O-heterocyclyl moiety, where theheterocyclyl moiety is attached via a carbon atom to oxygen, wherein theoxygen functions as a linker to attach the moiety to the remainder ofthe molecule. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification,a heterocyclyloxy is optionally substituted.

“Hydroxyalkyl” or “hydroxylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group comprising atleast one hydroxyl substituent. The —OH substituent may be on a primary,secondary, or tertiary carbon. Unless stated otherwise specifically inthe specification, a hydroxylalkyl group is optionally substituted.

“N-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl moiety as defined hereincontaining at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment ofthe heteroaryl moiety to the rest of the molecule is through a nitrogenatom in the heteroaryl ring. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an N-heteroaryl group is optionally substituted.

“N-heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclyl moiety as defined hereincontaining at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment ofthe heterocyclyl moiety to the rest of the molecule is through anitrogen atom in the heterocyclyl ring. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a N-heterocyclyl group is optionallysubstituted.

“Thioalkyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —SR_(a) where R_(a) is analkyl moiety as defined herein containing one to twelve carbon atoms.Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkylgroup is optionally substituted.

“Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalenthydrocarbon chain linking two groups in a molecule, which may besaturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/ortriple bonds), and have from one to twelve carbon atoms, preferably oneto eight carbon atoms (C₁-C₈ alkylene) or one to six carbon atoms (C₁-C₆alkylene), e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, ethenylene,propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, and the like. Thealkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a singleor double bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to therest of the molecule may be through one carbon, e.g., methylene, or anytwo carbons within the chain, e.g., —CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂—. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain isoptionally substituted.

“Alkylenecarbonyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —C(═O)R_(a)—, whereR_(a) is an alkylene chain as defined herein. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, an alkylenecarbonyl is optionallysubstituted.

“Alkenylene” is an unsaturated alkylene, as defined herein, whichcomprises one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene is optionallysubstituted.

“Alkenylenecarbonyl” refers to an unsaturated alkylenecarbonyl, asdefined herein, which comprises one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, analkenylenecarbonyl is optionally substituted.

“Arylene” refers to a divalent aryl group which links one part of themolecule to another part of the molecule. Unless stated specificallyotherwise, an arylene is optionally substituted.

“Heteroalkylene” refers to an alkylene group comprising at least oneheteroatom (e.g., N, O or S). In some embodiments, the heteroatom iswithin the alkylene chain (i.e., the heteroalkylene comprises at leastone carbon-heteroatom-carbon bond). In other embodiments, the heteroatomis at a terminus of the alkylene and joins the alkylene to the remainderof the molecule (e.g., M1-H-A-M2, where M1 and M2 are portions of amolecule, H is a heteroatom and A is an alkylene). A heteroalkylene mayhave both internal and terminal heteroatoms, e.g., —OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂O—.Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, aheteroalkylene is optionally substituted.

“Heteroalkylenecarbonyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —C(═O)R_(a)—,where R_(a) is a heteroalkylene chain as defined herein. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroalkylenecarbonyl isoptionally substituted.

“Heteroarylene” refers to a divalent heteroaryl group which links onepart of the molecule to another part of the molecule. Unless statedspecifically otherwise, a heteroarylene is optionally substituted.

“Heteroarylenecarbonyl” refers to a moiety of the formula —C(═O)R_(a)—,wherein R_(a) is a heteroarylene as defined herein. Unless statedspecifically otherwise, a heteroarylenecarbonyl is optionallysubstituted.

“Heterocyclylalkylene” refers to a divalent heterocyclyl group whichlinks one part of the molecule to another part of the molecule. Unlessstated specifically otherwise, a heterocycloalkylene is optionallysubstituted.

“Heterocyclylalkylenecarbonyl” refers to a moiety of the formula—C(═O)R_(a)—, wherein R_(a) is a heterocycloalkylene as defined herein.Unless stated specifically otherwise, a heterocycloalkylenecarbonyl isoptionally substituted.

The term “substituted” used herein means any of the above groups (e.g.,amino, carboxy, hydroxyl, imino, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,alkylaminoalkyl, amide, aminoalkyl, aminocarbonyl, aryl, aralkyl,aralkylamino, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aryloxy, bicycloalkyl,carboxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,cycloalkylalkylamino, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,cycloalkyloxy, halo, haloalkyl, heteroatom, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkylamino, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, heteroaryloxy, heterobicycloalkyl, heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyloxy,heterocyclylamino, heterocyclyloxy, hydroxyalkyl, N-heteroaryl,N-heterocyclyl, thioalkyl, alkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylene,alkenylenecarbonyl, arylene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkylenecarbonyl,heteroarylene, heteroarylenecarbonyl, heterocyclylalkylene, and/orheterocyclylalkylenecarbonyl), wherein at least one hydrogen atom isreplaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atom such as, but not limited to: ahalogen atom such as F, Cl, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such ashydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom ingroups such as thiol groups, thioalkyl groups, thiourea groups, sulfonegroups such as alkyl sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups such as sulfonamidegroups and sulfonylalkyl groups such as sulfonylmethane, and sulfoxidegroups such as alkyl sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such asamino, amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines,alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, urea, and enamines; asilicon atom in groups such as trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilylgroups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; a phosphorusatom in groups such as dialkylphosphine oxide groups, phosphine oxidegroups, phosphine groups, phosphate groups, phosphonate groups,phosphinate groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups.“Substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or morehydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- ortriple-bond) to a carbon atom or a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo,carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such asimines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles. “Substituted” includes any ofthe above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with—NR_(g)R_(h), —NR_(g)C(═O)R_(h), —NR_(g)C(═O)NR_(g)R_(h),—NR_(g)C(═O)OR_(h), —NR_(g)SO₂R_(h), —OC(═O)NR_(g)R_(h), —OR_(g),—SR_(g), —SOR_(g), —SO₂R_(g), —OSO₂R_(g), —SO₂OR_(g), ═NSO₂R_(g),—SO₂NR_(g)R_(h), —C(═O)R_(g), —C(═O)OR_(g), —C(═O)NR_(g)R_(h),—CH₂SO₂R_(g), or —CH₂SO₂NR_(g)R_(h), where R_(g) and R_(h) areindependently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl,aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl,heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl. “Substituted” further means any ofthe above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by abond to an amino, carbonyl, carboxy, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo,thioxo, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, amide,aminoalkyl, aminocarbonyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkylamino, aralkyloxy,arylamino, aryloxy, bicycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkylamino, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkyloxy, halo, haloalkyl, heteroatom,heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkylamino,heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, heteroaryloxy, heterobicycloalkyl,heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclyloxy, hydroxyalkyl,N-heteroaryl, N-heterocyclyl, thioalkyl, alkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,alkenylene, alkenylenecarbonyl, arylene, heteroalkylene,heteroalkylenecarbonyl, heteroarylene, heteroarylenecarbonyl,heterocyclylalkylene, heterocyclylalkylenecarbonyl, trimethylsilanyl,dialkylphosphine oxide, —OR^(a), —SR^(a), —OC(O)—R^(a), —N(R^(a))₂,—C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)N(R^(a))₂, —N(R^(a))C(O)OR^(a),—N(R^(a))C(O)R^(a), —N(R^(a))S(O)_(t)R^(a) (where t is 1 or 2),—S(O)_(t)OR^(a) (where t is 1 or 2), —S(O)_(t)N(R^(a))₂ (where t is 1 or2), —PO(R^(a))₂, or —PO(OR^(a))₂ group, where each R^(a) isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl orheteroarylalkyl group. In addition, each of the foregoing substituentsis optionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents.

The term “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” refersto that amount of a compound described herein that is sufficient toaffect the intended application, including but not limited to diseasetreatment, as defined below. The therapeutically effective amount mayvary depending upon the intended treatment application (in vivo), or thesubject and disease condition being treated, e.g., the weight and age ofthe subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner ofadministration and the like, which can readily be determined by one ofordinary skill in the art. The term also applies to a dose that willinduce a particular response in target cells, e.g., reduction ofplatelet adhesion and/or cell migration. The specific dose will varydepending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosing regimen to befollowed, whether it is administered in combination with othercompounds, timing of administration, the tissue to which it isadministered, and the physical delivery system in which it is carried.

As used herein, “treatment” or “treating” refers to an approach forobtaining beneficial or desired results with respect to a disease,disorder, or medical condition including but not limited to atherapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit. By therapeuticbenefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorderbeing treated. Also, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with theeradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptomsassociated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement isobserved in the subject, notwithstanding that the subject may still beafflicted with the underlying disorder. In certain embodiments, forprophylactic benefit, the compositions are administered to a subject atrisk of developing a particular disease, or to a subject reporting oneor more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though adiagnosis of this disease may not have been made.

A “therapeutic effect,” as that term is used herein, encompasses atherapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit as described above. Aprophylactic effect includes delaying or eliminating the appearance of adisease or condition, delaying or eliminating the onset of symptoms of adisease or condition, slowing, halting, or reversing the progression ofa disease or condition, or any combination thereof.

The term “co-administration,” “administered in combination with,” andtheir grammatical equivalents, as used herein, encompass administrationof two or more agents to an animal, including humans, so that bothagents and/or their metabolites are present in the subject at the sametime. Co-administration includes simultaneous administration in separatecompositions, administration at different times in separatecompositions, or administration in a composition in which both agentsare present.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both pharmaceuticallyacceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically acceptable baseaddition salts.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those saltswhich retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the freebases, which are not biologically or otherwise desirable, and which areformed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to,hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid,phosphoric acid and the like, or organic acids such as, but not limitedto, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid,ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid,4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor-10-sulfonic acid,capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid,citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonicacid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid,fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid,gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid,2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuricacid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid,maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonicacid, mucic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid,naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid,oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid,propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid,4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid,tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroaceticacid, undecylenic acid, and the like.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those saltswhich retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the freeacids, which are not biologically or otherwise desirable. These saltsare prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base tothe free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are notlimited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium,magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like.Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium,and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but arenot limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines,substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines,cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia,isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine,tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol,2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine,lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline,betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine,methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines,piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and thelike. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine,diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, cholineand caffeine.

The terms “antagonist” and “inhibitor” are used interchangeably, andthey refer to a compound having the ability to inhibit a biologicalfunction (e.g., activity, expression, binding, protein-proteininteraction) of a target protein (e.g., menin, MLL1, MLL2, and/or a MLLfusion protein). Accordingly, the terms “antagonist” and “inhibitor” aredefined in the context of the biological role of the target protein.While preferred antagonists herein specifically interact with (e.g.,bind to) the target, compounds that inhibit a biological activity of thetarget protein by interacting with other members of the signaltransduction pathway of which the target protein is a member are alsospecifically included within this definition. A preferred biologicalactivity inhibited by an antagonist is associated with the development,growth, or spread of a tumor.

The term “agonist” as used herein refers to a compound having theability to initiate or enhance a biological function of a targetprotein, whether by inhibiting the activity or expression of the targetprotein. Accordingly, the term “agonist” is defined in the context ofthe biological role of the target polypeptide. While preferred agonistsherein specifically interact with (e.g., bind to) the target, compoundsthat initiate or enhance a biological activity of the target polypeptideby interacting with other members of the signal transduction pathway ofwhich the target polypeptide is a member are also specifically includedwithin this definition.

As used herein, “agent” or “biologically active agent” refers to abiological, pharmaceutical, or chemical compound. Non-limiting examplesinclude a simple or complex organic or inorganic molecule, a peptide, aprotein, an oligonucleotide, an antibody, an antibody derivative,antibody fragment, a vitamin derivative, a carbohydrate, a toxin, and achemotherapeutic compound. Various compounds can be synthesized, forexample, small molecules and oligomers (e.g., oligopeptides andoligonucleotides), and synthetic organic compounds based on various corestructures. In addition, various natural sources can provide compoundsfor screening, such as plant or animal extracts, and the like.

“Signal transduction” is a process during which stimulatory orinhibitory signals are transmitted into and within a cell to elicit anintracellular response. A modulator of a signal transduction pathwayrefers to a compound which modulates the activity of one or morecellular proteins mapped to the same specific signal transductionpathway. A modulator may augment (agonist) or suppress (antagonist) theactivity of a signaling molecule.

An “anti-cancer agent”, “anti-tumor agent” or “chemotherapeutic agent”refers to any agent useful in the treatment of a neoplastic condition.One class of anti-cancer agents comprises chemotherapeutic agents.“Chemotherapy” means the administration of one or more chemotherapeuticdrugs and/or other agents to a cancer patient by various methods,including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal,intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal, or inhalation or in theform of a suppository.

The term “cell proliferation” refers to a phenomenon by which the cellnumber has changed as a result of division. This term also encompassescell growth by which the cell morphology has changed (e.g., increased insize) consistent with a proliferative signal.

“Subject” refers to an animal, such as a mammal, for example a human.The methods described herein can be useful in both human therapeuticsand veterinary applications. In some embodiments, the subject is amammal, and in some embodiments, the subject is human.

“Mammal” includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratoryanimals and household pets (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep,goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife andthe like.

“Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted underphysiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically activecompound described herein (e.g., compound of Formula I-VI). Thus, theterm “prodrug” refers to a precursor of a biologically active compoundthat is pharmaceutically acceptable. In some aspects, a prodrug isinactive when administered to a subject but is converted in vivo to anactive compound, for example, by hydrolysis. The prodrug compound oftenoffers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed releasein a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs(1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam); Higuchi, T., et al.,“Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” (1987) A.C.S. Symposium Series,Vol. 14; and Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche,American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press) each of which isincorporated in full by reference herein. The term “prodrug” is alsomeant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release theactive compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammaliansubject. Prodrugs of an active compound, as described herein, aretypically prepared by modifying functional groups present in the activecompound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either inroutine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound. Prodrugsinclude compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bondedto any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound isadministered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy,free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugsinclude, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoatederivatives of a hydroxy functional group, or acetamide, formamide andbenzamide derivatives of an amine functional group in the activecompound and the like.

The term “in vivo” refers to an event that takes place in a subject'sbody.

The term “in vitro” refers to an event that takes places outside of asubject's body. For example, an in vitro assay encompasses any assay runoutside of a subject. In vitro assays encompass cell-based assays inwhich cells alive or dead are employed. In vitro assays also encompass acell-free assay in which no intact cells are employed.

In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are isotopicallylabeled. Isotopically-labeled compounds (e.g., an isotopologue) may haveone or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass ormass number. Non-limiting examples of isotopes that can be incorporatedinto the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon,nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine,such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹³N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S,¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl, ¹²³I, and ¹²⁵I, respectively. Certain isotopically-labeledcompounds, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, areuseful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. Theradioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. ³H, and carbon-14, i.e. ¹⁴C, areparticularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease ofincorporation and ready means of detection. These radiolabeled compoundscould be useful to help determine or measure the effectiveness of thecompounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode of action,or binding affinity to a pharmacologically important site of action.Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. ²H, mayafford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolicstability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosagerequirements, and hence are preferred in some circumstances.Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as ¹¹C, ¹⁸F, ¹⁵O and¹³N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies forexamining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compoundscan generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to thoseskilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in thePreparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriateisotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent.

“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described eventof circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includesinstances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in whichit does not. For example, “optionally substituted aryl” means that thearyl group may or may not be substituted and that the descriptionincludes both substituted aryl groups and aryl groups having nosubstitution.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includeswithout limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweeteningagent, diluent, preservative, dye, colorant, flavor enhancer,surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent,stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier which has beenapproved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as beingacceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.

The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptablesalts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give riseto enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that aredefined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as(D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present invention is meant to includeall such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pureforms. A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atomsbonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensionalstructures, which are not interchangeable. The present inventioncontemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes“enantiomers”, which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules arenonsuperimposeable mirror images of one another. Optically active (+)and (−), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared usingchiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventionaltechniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization.Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individualenantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pureprecursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt orderivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquidchromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein containolefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, andunless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds includeboth E and Z geometric isomers.

A “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule toanother atom of the same molecule. The present invention includestautomers of any the compounds and all tautomeric forms are alsointended to be included.

Compounds

The present disclosure provides compounds for modulating the interactionof menin with proteins such as MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins.In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides compounds and methodsfor inhibiting the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstreamsignaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 andMLL-fusion oncoproteins. Compounds of the disclosure may be used inmethods for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers and otherdiseases associated with one or more of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins,and menin. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosurecovalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure interactsnon-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin withMLL.

Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for treating a widevariety of diseases associated with MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, andmenin. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure interactsnon-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin withMLL. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure covalentlybinds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.

In an aspect, the invention provides compounds which are capable ofselectively binding to the menin protein and/or modulating menin'sinteraction with an MLL protein (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion protein).In some embodiments, the compounds modulate the menin protein by bindingto or interacting with one or more amino acids and/or one or more metalions. Some compounds may occupy the F9 and/or P13 pocket on menin. Thebinding of these compounds may disrupt menin or MLL (non-limitingexamples include MLL1, MLL2, and MLL fusion proteins) downstreamsignaling.

In some embodiments, provided herein is a compound having the structureof Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In other embodiments, provided herein is a compound having the structureof Formula II:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still other embodiments, provided herein is a compound having thestructure of Formula III:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still more embodiments, provided herein is a compound having thestructure of Formula IV:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In other embodiments, provided herein is a compound having the structureof Formula V:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still other embodiments, provided herein is a compound having thestructure of Formula VI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In other embodiments, provided herein is a compound having the structureof Formula IX:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In other embodiments, provided herein is a compound having the structureof Formula X:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.Ring H-I

In a compound of Formula I, H-I has the structure:

In some cases, each of X¹ and X² is independently CR² or N. In somecases, each of X³ and X⁴ is independently C or N. In some cases, each ofY¹ and Y² is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, H-I doesnot contain three or more adjacent ring N atoms. In some cases, when X¹is CR², X² is CR² or N, X³ is C, X⁴ is C, and one of Y¹ and Y² is S,then the other of Y¹ or Y² is N. In some cases, each of Y¹ and Y² isindependently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, at least one of Y¹ and Y²is independently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, H-I is selected from astructure listed in Table 1a. In some cases, H-I is not one or morestructures listed in Table 1a.

In a compound of Formula I, H-I may contain one or more heteroatoms. Insome cases, H-I contains 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 ring heteroatoms. Insome cases, H-I contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 ring heteroatoms.In some cases, H-I contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 ring heteroatoms.In some cases, H-I contains 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring N atoms. In somecases, H-I contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring N atoms. In somecases, H-I contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring N atoms. In some cases,H-I contains 0 or 1 ring O atoms. In some cases, H-I contains at least 1ring O atom. In some cases, H-I contains up to 1 ring O atom. In somecases, H-I contains 0 or 1 ring S atoms. In some cases, H-I contains atleast 1 ring S atom. In some cases, H-I contains up to 1 ring S atom. Insome cases, H-I contains 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms. Insome cases, H-I contains at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbonatoms. In some cases, H-I contains up to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 ringcarbon atoms.

TABLE 1a Non-limiting examples of H-I structures H-I Number H-IStructure H-I  

H-I-2 

H-I-3 

H-I-4 

H-I-5 

H-I-6 

H-I-7 

H-I-8 

H-I-9 

H-I-10

H-I-11

H-I-12

H-I-13

H-I-14

H-I-15

H-I-16

H-I-17

H-I-18

H-I-19

H-I-20

H-I-21

H-I-22

H-I-23

H-I-24

H-I-25

H-I-26

H-I-27

H-I-28

H-I-29

H-I-30

H-I-31

H-I-32

H-I-33

H-I-34

Ring H-II

In a compound of Formula II, H-II has the structure:

In some cases, X² is CR² or N. In some cases, each of X⁵ and X⁶ isindependently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, each of X⁵ and X⁶ isindependently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, at least one of X⁵ and X⁶is independently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, H-II is selected from astructure listed in Table 1b. In some cases, H-II is not one or morestructures listed in Table 1b.

In a compound of Formula II, H-II may contain one or more heteroatoms.In some cases, H-II contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms. In somecases, H-II contains at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms. In somecases, H-II contains up to 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms. In somecases, H-II contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In some cases, H-IIcontains at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In some cases, H-IIcontains up to 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In some cases, H-II contains0 or 1 ring O atoms. In some cases, H-II contains at least 1 ring Oatom. In some cases, H-II contains up to 1 ring O atom. In some cases,H-II contains 0 or 1 ring S atoms. In some cases, H-II contains at least1 ring S atom. In some cases, H-II contains up to 1 ring S atom. In somecases, H-II contains 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms. In some cases,H-II contains at least 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms. In some cases,H-II contains up to 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms.

TABLE 1b Non-limiting examples of H-II structures H-II Number H-IIStructure H-II  

H-II-2 

H-II-3 

H-II-4 

H-II-5 

H-II-6 

H-II-7 

H-II-8 

H-II-9 

H-II-10

H-II-11

H-II-12

H-II-13

H-II-14

H-II-15

H-II-16

H-II-17

H-II-18

H-II-19

H-II-20

H-II-21

H-II-22

H-II-23

H-II-24

H-II-25

H-II-26

H-II-27

H-II-28

H-II-29

H-II-30

H-II-31

H-II-32

Ring H-III

In a compound of any one of Formulas III, IV, V, VI, and IX, H-III hasthe structure:

In some cases, X² is independently CR² or N. In some cases, each of X⁵and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, each of X⁵and X⁶ is independently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, at least one ofX⁵ and X⁶ is independently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, H-III isselected from a structure listed in Table 1c. In some cases, H-III isnot one or more structures listed in Table 1c.

In a compound of any one of Formulas III, IV, V, VI, and IX, H-III maycontain one or more heteroatoms. In some cases, H-III contains 0, 1, 2,3, or 4 ring heteroatoms. In some cases, H-III contains at least 1, 2,3, or 4 ring heteroatoms. In some cases, H-III contains up to 1, 2, 3,or 4 ring heteroatoms. In some cases, H-III contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4ring N atoms. In some cases, H-III contains at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 ringN atoms. In some cases, H-III contains up to 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In some cases, H-III contains 0 or 1 ring O atoms. In some cases, H-IIIcontains at least 1 ring O atom. In some cases, H-III contains up to 1ring O atom. In some cases, H-III contains 0 or 1 ring S atoms. In somecases, H-III contains at least 1 ring S atom. In some cases, H-IIIcontains up to 1 ring S atom. In some cases, H-III contains 5, 6, 7, or8 ring carbon atoms. In some cases, H-III contains at least 5, 6, 7, or8 ring carbon atoms. In some cases, H-III contains up to 5, 6, 7, or 8ring carbon atoms.

TABLE 1c Non-limiting examples of H-III structures H-III Number H-IIIStructure H-III  

H-III-2 

H-III-3 

H-III-4 

H-III-5 

H-III-6 

H-III-7 

H-III-8 

H-III-9 

H-III-10

H-III-11

H-III-12

H-III-13

H-III-14

H-III-15

H-III-16

H-III-17

H-III-18

H-III-19

H-III-20

H-III-21

H-III-22

H-III-23

H-III-24

H-III-25

H-III-26

H-III-27

H-III-28

H-III-29

H-III-30

H-III-31

H-III-32

H-III-33

Ring H-X

In a compound of Formula X, H-X has a structure selected from:

In some cases, each of X¹, X², and X⁷ is independently CR² or N. In somecases, each of X³ and X⁴ is independently C or N. In some cases, each ofX⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, H-X doesnot contain three or more adjacent ring N atoms. In some cases, at leastone of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently N, NR⁴, O, or S. In some cases, H-X isselected from a structure listed in Table Id. In some cases, H-X is notone or more structures listed in Table Id.

In a compound of Formula X, H-X may contain one or more heteroatoms. Insome cases, H-X contains 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 ring heteroatoms. Insome cases, H-X contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 ring heteroatoms.In some cases, H-X contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 ring heteroatoms.In some cases, H-X contains 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring N atoms. In somecases, H-X contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring N atoms. In somecases, H-X contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring N atoms. In some cases,H-X contains 0 or 1 ring O atoms. In some cases, H-X contains at least 1ring O atom. In some cases, H-X contains up to 1 ring O atom. In somecases, H-X contains 0 or 1 ring S atoms. In some cases, H-X contains atleast 1 ring S atom. In some cases, H-X contains up to 1 ring S atom. Insome cases, H-X contains 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms. Insome cases, H-X contains at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbonatoms. In some cases, H-X contains up to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 ringcarbon atoms.

TABLE 1d Non-limiting examples of H-X structures H-X Number H-XStructure H-X-1 

H-X-2 

H-X-3 

H-X-4 

H-X-5 

H-X-6 

H-X-7 

H-X-8 

H-X-9 

H-X-10

H-X-11

H-X-12

H-X-13

H-X-14

H-X-15

H-X-16

H-X-17

H-X-18

H-X-19

H-X-20

H-X-21

H-X-22

H-X-23

H-X-24

H-X-25

H-X-26

H-X-27

H-X-28

H-X-29

H-X-30

H-X-31

H-X-32

H-X-33

H-X-34

H-X-35

H-X-36

H-X-37

H-X-38

H-X-39

H-X-40

H-X-41

H-X-42

H-X-43

H-X-44

H-X-45

H-X-46

H-X-47

H-X-48

H-X-49

H-X-50

H-X-51

H-X-52

H-X-53

H-X-54

H-X-55

H-X-56

H-X-57

H-X-58

H-X-59

H-X-60

H-X-61

H-X-62

H-X-63

H-X-64

H-X-65

H-X-66

H-X-67

H-X-68

H-X-69

H-X-70

H-X-71

H-X-72

H-X-73

H-X-74

H-X-75

H-X-76

H-X-77

H-X-78

H-X-79

H-X-80

H-X-81

H-X-82

H-X-83

H-X-84

H-X-85

H-X-86

H-X-87

H-X-88

H-X-89

H-X-90

H-X-91

Ring A

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, V, VI, IX, and X, A may be abond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered unsaturated ring.In some cases, A is aromatic, non-aromatic, saturated, or unsaturated.In some cases, A is an aryl, arylene, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl,N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, orN-heteroaryl. In some cases, A is a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered ring. Insome cases, A is at least a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered ring. In somecases, A is up to a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered ring. In some cases, A isa bond.

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, V, VI, IX, and X, A maycontain one or more heteroatoms. In some cases, A contains 0, 1, 2, 3,or 4 ring heteroatoms. In some cases, A contains at least 1, 2, 3, or 4ring heteroatoms. In some cases, A contains up to 1, 2, 3, or 4 ringheteroatoms. In some cases, A contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. Insome cases, A contains at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In somecases, A contains up to 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In some cases, Acontains 0, 1, 2, or 3 ring O atoms. In some cases, A contains at least1, 2, or 3 ring O atoms. In some cases, A contains up to 1, 2, or 3 ringO atoms. In some cases, A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring S atoms. In somecases, A contains at least 1 or 2 ring S atoms. In some cases, Acontains up to 1 or 2 ring S atoms. In some cases, A contains 2, 3, 4,5, 6, or 7 ring carbon atoms. In some cases, A contains at least 2, 3,4, 5, 6, or 7 ring carbon atoms. In some cases, A contains up to 2, 3,4, 5, 6, or 7 ring carbon atoms.

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, V, VI, IX, and X, A may beconnected at any ring atom to L¹, L², L³, or L⁴ (e.g., by replacing ahydrogen connected to a ring atom with a bond to L¹, L², L³, or L⁴). Insome cases, A is connected at the same ring atom to two of the groupconsisting of L¹, L², L³, or L⁴. In some cases, A is connected atdifferent ring atoms to two of the group consisting of L¹, L², L³, orL⁴. In some cases, A is connected at a ring heteroatom to L¹, L², L³,and/or L⁴. In some cases, the ring heteroatom is a N. In some cases, Ais connected at a ring carbon to L¹, L², L³, and/or L⁴. In some cases, Ais connected at a ring heteroatom to one of L¹, L², L³, and L⁴ and at aring carbon to another of L¹, L², L³, and L⁴. In some cases, A isconnected at the ring atom in position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 to L¹. Insome cases, A is connected at the ring atom in position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6, or 7 to L². In some cases, A is connected at the ring atom inposition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 to L³. In some cases, A is connected atthe ring atom in position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 to L⁴.

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, V, VI, IX, and X, A may beoptionally substituted with one or more R^(A) groups (e.g., by replacinga hydrogen connected to a ring atom with a bond to R^(A)). A may beoptionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12R^(A) groups. A may be optionally substituted with at least 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 R^(A) groups. A may be optionallysubstituted with up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 R^(A)groups. In some cases, A is not substituted. In some cases, A isoptionally substituted with m R^(A) groups. In some cases, m is aninteger from 0 to 12. In some cases, m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, or 12. In some cases, m at least 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, or 12. In some cases, m is up to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, or 12. In some cases, A is optionally substituted with p R^(A)groups. In some cases, p is an integer from 0 to 9. In some cases, p isan integer from 1 to 9. In some cases, p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,or 9. In some cases, p is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9. In somecases, p is up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9. In some cases, R^(A) is,at each occurrence, independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy,heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino. An R^(A)group may be connected to any ring atom of A. In some cases, an R^(A)group is connected to a ring carbon of A. In some cases, an R^(A) groupis connected to a ring heteroatom of A. In some cases, an R^(A) group isconnected to the ring atom in position 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 of A. Insome cases, two R^(A) groups may be connected to the same ring atom ofA. In some cases, only one R^(A) group may be connected to each ringatom of A. In some cases, two R^(A) groups attached to the same atom ordifferent atoms can together optionally form a bridge or ring. In somecases, two R^(A) groups attached to the same atom or different atoms cantogether optionally be an alkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylene,alkenylenecarbonyl, arylene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkylenecarbonyl,heteroarylene, heteroarylenecarbonyl, heterocyclylalkylene, orheterocyclylalkylenecarbonyl.

In some cases, for a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, V, VI, IX,and X, A is selected from a ring A structure listed in Table 2. In somecases, A is selected from A-1 to A-101 and any combination thereof. Insome cases, A is selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 toA-57, A-78 to A-87, A-90, A-92, A-95 to A-101, and any combinationthereof. In some cases, A is not one or more ring A structures listed inTable 2. In some cases, A is not 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 ring Astructures selected from the group consisting of ring A structures A-7,A-8, A-9, A-10, A-16, A-17, and A-18. In some cases, a ring A structurein Table 2 may contain one or more R^(A) groups and may be optionallysubstituted with one or more additional R^(A) groups.

TABLE 2 Non-limiting examples of Ring A structures Ring A Number Ring AStructure Ring A Number Ring A Structure A-1 

A-2 

A-3 

A-4 

A-5 

A-6 

A-7 

A-8 

A-9 

A-10

A-11

A-12

A-13

A-14

A-15

A-16

A-17

A-18

A-19

A-20

A-21

A-22

A-23

A-24

A-25

A-26

A-27

A-28

A-29

A-30

A-31

A-32

A-33

A-34

A-35

A-36

A-37

A-38

A-39

A-40

A-41

A-42

A-43

A-44

A-45

A-46

A-47

A-48

A-49

A-50

A-51

A-52

A-53

A-54

A-55

A-56

A-57

A-58

A-59

A-60

A-61

A-62

A-63

A-64

A-65

A-66

A-67

A-68

A-69

A-70

A-71

A-72

A-73

A-74

A-75

A-76

A-77

A-78

A-79

A-80

A-81

A-82

A-83

A-84

A-85

A-86

A-87

A-88

A-89

A-90

A-91

A-92

A-93

A-94

A-95

A-96

A-97

A-98

A-99

A-100

A-101

L¹, L², L³, L⁴, and L⁵

In some cases, for a compound of any one of Formulas I, III, IV, VI, IX,and X, L¹ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In some cases, for acompound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, and X, L² is a bond,carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene,alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, orheteroalkylenecarbonyl. In some cases, for a compound of any one ofFormulas II and V, L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In some cases, for acompound of Formula VI, L⁴ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—,—NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In somecases, L⁴ is not a C₁ alkylene. In some cases, an alkylene is a C₁, C₂,C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, C₇, C₈, C₉, C₁₀, C₁₁, or C₁₂ alkylene. In some cases, analkylene is up to a C₁, C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, C₇, C₈, C₉, C₁₀, C₁₁, or C₁₂alkylene. In some cases, an alkylene is at least a C₁, C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅,C₆, C₇, C₈, C₉, C₁₀, C₁₁, or C₁₂ alkylene. In some cases, an alkylenecontains 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 chain carbons. In somecases, an alkylene contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or12 chain carbons. In some cases, an alkylene contains at least 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 chain carbons. In some cases, analkylene contains 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 double and/or triple bonds.In some cases, an alkylene contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 doubleand/or triple bonds. In some cases, an alkylene contains at least 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 double and/or triple bonds. In some cases, an alkylenechain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single or doublebond and to the radical group through a single or double bond. In somecases, an alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule througha single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. In somecases, the points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of themolecule and to the radical group are through one carbon or any twocarbons within the chain. In some cases, the points of attachment of thealkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group canbe through one carbon within the chain. In some cases, the points ofattachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to theradical group can be through any two carbons within the chain. In somecases, an alkenylene contains 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 double bonds. Insome cases, an alkenylene contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 doublebonds. In some cases, an alkenylene contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,or 7 double bonds. In some cases, a heteroalkylene contains 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 chain heteroatoms. In some cases, a heteroalkylenecontains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 chain heteroatoms. Insome cases, a heteroalkylene contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, or 10 chain heteroatoms. In some cases, the heteroatom or heteroatomsare within the alkylene chain. In some cases, the heteroatom orheteroatoms are one or two termini of the alkylene and join the alkyleneto the remainder of the molecule and/or to the radical group.

In some cases, for a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X, L¹, L², L³, L⁴, and L⁵, when present, are eachindependently selected from bond, —O—, —S—, —N(R⁵¹)—, —N(R⁵¹)CH₂—,—C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —OC(O)O—, —C(O)N(R⁵¹)—, —C(O)N(R⁵¹)C(O)—,—C(O)N(R⁵¹)C(O)N(R⁵¹)—, —N(R⁵¹)C(O)—, —N(R⁵¹)C(O)N(R⁵¹)—, —N(R⁵¹)C(O)O—,—OC(O)N(R⁵¹)—, —C(NR⁵¹)—, —N(R⁵¹)C(NR⁵¹)—, —C(NR⁵¹)N(R⁵¹)—,—N(R⁵¹)C(NR⁵¹)N(R⁵¹)—, —S(O)₂—, —OS(O)—, —S(O)O—, —S(O)—, —OS(O)₂—,—S(O)₂O—, —N(R⁵¹)S(O)₂—, —S(O)₂N(R⁵¹)—, —N(R⁵¹)S(O)—, —S(O)N(R⁵¹)—,—N(R⁵¹)S(O)₂N(R⁵¹)—, —N(R⁵¹)S(O)N(R⁵¹)—; alkylene, alkenylene,alkynylene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, and heteroalkynylene, eachof which is optionally substituted with one or more R⁵⁰, wherein two R⁵⁰groups attached to the same atom or different atoms of any one of L¹,L², L³, L⁴, and L⁵ can together optionally form a bridge or ring;

-   -   R⁵⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from:        -   halogen, —NO₂, —CN, —OR⁵², —SR⁵², —N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —S(═O)R⁵², —S(═O)₂R⁵², —S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —NR⁵²S(═O)₂R⁵², —NR⁵²S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —C(O)R⁵², —C(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)R⁵², —OC(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —OC(O)NR⁵³R⁵³R⁵⁴, —NR⁵²C(O)R⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)OR⁵²,            —NR⁵²C(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —P(O)(OR⁵²)₂, —P(O)(R⁵²)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R⁵²);        -   C₁₋₁₀ alkyl, C₂₋₁₀ alkenyl, and C₂₋₁₀ alkynyl, each of which            is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO₂,            —CN, —OR⁵², —SR⁵², —N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —S(═O)R⁵²,            —S(═O)₂R⁵², —S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂R⁵²,            —NR⁵²S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)R⁵², —C(O)OR⁵²,            —OC(O)R⁵², —OC(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —OC(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —NR⁵²C(O)R⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)OR⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —NR⁵²C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —P(O)(OR⁵²)₂,            —P(O)(R⁵²)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R⁵²), C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle, and 3- to            12-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle,        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle and 3- to 12-membered            heterocycle in R⁵⁰ is independently optionally substituted            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO₂,            —CN, —OR⁵², —SR⁵², —N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —S(═O)R⁵²,            —S(═O)₂R⁵², —S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂R⁵²,            —NR⁵²S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)R⁵², —C(O)OR⁵²,            —OC(O)R⁵², —OC(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —OC(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —NR⁵²C(O)R⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)OR⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —NR⁵²C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —P(O)(OR⁵²)₂,            —P(O)(R⁵²)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R⁵²), C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl,            C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl;    -   R⁵¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from:        -   hydrogen, —C(O)R⁵², —C(O)OR⁵², and —C(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴; C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl,            each of which is independently optionally substituted at            each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from            halogen, —NO₂, —CN, —OR⁵², —SR⁵², —N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —S(═O)R⁵², —S(═O)₂R⁵², —S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —NR⁵²S(═O)₂R⁵², —NR⁵²S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —C(O)R⁵², —C(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)R⁵², —OC(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —OC(O)NR⁵³R⁵³R⁵⁴, —NR⁵²C(O)R⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)OR⁵²,            —NR⁵²C(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —P(O)(OR⁵²)₂, —P(O)(R⁵²)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R⁵²),            C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle,        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle and 3- to 12-membered            heterocycle in R⁵¹ is independently optionally substituted            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO₂,            —CN, —OR⁵², —SR⁵², —N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —S(═O)R⁵²,            —S(═O)₂R⁵², —S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂R⁵²,            —NR⁵²S(═O)₂N(R⁵²)₂, —NR⁵²S(═O)₂NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)R⁵², —C(O)OR⁵²,            —OC(O)R⁵², —OC(O)OR⁵², —OC(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —OC(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴,            —NR⁵²C(O)R⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)OR⁵², —NR⁵²C(O)N(R⁵²)₂,            —NR⁵²C(O)NR⁵³R⁵⁴, —C(O)N(R⁵²)₂, —C(O)NR⁵²R⁵³R⁵⁴,            —P(O)(OR⁵²)₂, —P(O)(R⁵²)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R⁵²), C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆            haloalkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl;    -   R⁵² is independently selected at each occurrence from hydrogen;        and C₁₋₂₀ alkyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkenyl, C₂₋₂₀ alkynyl, 1- to 6-membered        heteroalkyl, C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered        heterocycle, each of which is optionally substituted by halogen,        —CN, —NO₂, —NH₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, ═O, —OH, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃,        C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle, and 3- to 6-membered heterocycle; and    -   R⁵³ and R⁵⁴ are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which        they are attached to form a heterocycle, optionally substituted        with one or more R⁵⁰.        Ring B

In some cases, for a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X, B is monocyclic or bicyclic (e.g., two fused rings). Insome cases, B is a bicyclic ring system comprising a 6-membered ring. Insome cases, B is a bicyclic ring system comprising a 6-membered ringfused to a 5-membered ring. In some cases, B is a bicyclic ring systemcomprising a 6-membered ring fused to a 6-membered ring. In some cases,one or two rings of B are aromatic, non-aromatic, saturated, orunsaturated. In some cases, one or two rings of B are an aryl, arylene,cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, orN-heteroaryl. In some cases, B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, B-IV,and any combination thereof, where B-I is

B-II is

B-III is

and B-IV is

In some cases, each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, orNR⁹. In some cases, Z⁵ is C or N. In some cases, each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S. In some cases, each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰,and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³, O, or S.

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X, Bor any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV may contain one or moreheteroatoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IVcontains 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring heteroatoms. In some cases, B or anyone of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5ring heteroatoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, andB-IV contains up to 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ring heteroatoms. In some cases, Bor any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ringN atoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IVcontains at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In some cases, B or anyone of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains up to 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring Natoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IVcontains 0, 1, or 2 ring O atoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I,B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains at least 1 or 2 ring O atoms. In somecases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains up to 1 or 2ring O atoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IVcontains 0, 1, or 2 ring S atoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I,B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains at least 1 or 2 ring S atoms. In somecases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains up to 1 or 2ring S atoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IVcontains 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 ring carbon atoms. In some cases, Bor any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains at least 3, 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 9, or 10 ring carbon atoms. In some cases, B or any one of B-I,B-II, B-III, and B-IV contains up to 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 ringcarbon atoms.

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X, Bor any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV may be connected at any ringatom to L² or L⁴ (e.g., by replacing a hydrogen connected to a ring atomwith a bond to L² or L⁴). In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II,B-III, and B-IV is connected at a ring heteroatom to L² or L⁴. In somecases, the ring heteroatom is a N. In some cases, B or any one of B-I,B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at a ring carbon to L² or L⁴. In somecases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at a ringatom of an aromatic ring to L² or L⁴. In some cases, B or any one ofB-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at a ring atom of a non-aromaticring to L² or L⁴. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, andB-IV is connected at a ring atom of a 6-membered ring to L² or L⁴. Insome cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at aring atom of a 5-membered ring to L² or L⁴. In some cases, B or any oneof B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at a ring atom of a benzenering. In some cases, B or any one of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV isconnected at a ring atom of a non-benzene ring. In some cases, B or anyone of B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at the ring atom inposition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 to L². In some cases, B or any one ofB-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV is connected at the ring atom in position 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 to L⁴.

In some cases, for a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X, B-I or any one of B-I-2 to B-I-20 is connected to L² orL⁴ at a position selected from the group consisting of

and any combination thereof. In some cases, B-I or any one of B-I-2 toB-I-24 is connected to L² or L⁴ at a position selected from the groupconsisting of

and any combination thereof. In some cases, B-II or any one of B-II-2 toB-II-52 is connected to L² or L⁴ at a position selected from the groupconsisting of

and any combination thereof. In some cases, B-III or any one of B-III-2to B-III-12 is connected to L² or L⁴ at a position selected from thegroup consisting of

and any combination thereof. In some cases, B-III or any one of B-III-2to B-III-13 is connected to L² or L⁴ at a position selected from thegroup consisting of

and any combination thereof. In some cases, B-IV or any one of B-IV-2 toB-IV-27 is connected to L² or L⁴ at a position selected from the groupconsisting of

and any combination thereof.

In a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X, Bmay be optionally substituted with one or more R^(B) groups (e.g., byreplacing a hydrogen connected to a ring atom with a bond to R^(B)). Bmay be optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 R^(B) groups.B may be optionally substituted with at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 R^(B)groups. B may be optionally substituted with up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6R^(B) groups. In some cases, B is not substituted. In some cases, B isoptionally substituted with n R^(B) groups. In some cases, n is aninteger from 0 to 6. In some cases, n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In somecases, n is at least 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In some cases, n is up to0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In some cases, R^(B) is, at each occurrence,independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy,heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl,aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, andheteroarylalkylamino. An R^(B) group may be connected to any ring atomof B. In some cases, an R^(B) group is connected to a ring carbon of B.In some cases, an R^(B) group is connected to a ring heteroatom of B. Insome cases, an R^(B) group is connected to the ring atom in position 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of B. In some cases, two R^(B) groups may beconnected to the same ring atom of B. In some cases, only one R^(B)group may be connected to each ring atom of B. In some cases, two R^(B)groups attached to the same atom or different atoms can togetheroptionally form a bridge or ring. In some cases, two R^(B) groupsattached to the same atom or different atoms can together optionally bean alkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylene, alkenylenecarbonyl, arylene,heteroalkylene, heteroalkylenecarbonyl, heteroarylene,heteroarylenecarbonyl, heterocyclylalkylene, orheterocyclylalkylenecarbonyl.

In some cases, for a compound of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X, B is selected from a ring B structure listed in Table 3.In some cases, B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 toB-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, and anycombination thereof. In some cases, B is not one or more ring Bstructures listed in Table 3. In some cases, B is not 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7, or 8 ring B structures selected from B-II-20, B-II-27, B-II-28,B-II-29, B-II-30, B-II-38, B-II-52, and B-III-13.

In some cases, a ring B structure in Table 3 may contain one or moreR^(B) groups and may be optionally substituted with one or moreadditional R^(B) groups.

TABLE 3 Non-limiting examples of Ring B structures Ring B Number Ring BStructure Ring B Number Ring B Structure B-I-2

B-I-2

B-I-3

B-I-4

B-I-5

B-I-6

B-I-7

B-I-8

B-I-9

B-I-10

B-I-11

B-I-12

B-I-13

B-I-14

B-I-15

B-I-16

B-I-17

B-I-18

B-I-19

B-I-20

B-I-21

B-I-22

B-I-23

B-I-24

B-II

B-II-2

B-II-3

B-II-4

B-II-5

B-II-6

B-II-7

B-II-8

B-II-9

B-II-10

B-II-11

B-II-12

B-II-13

B-II-14

B-II-15

B-II-16

B-II-17

B-II-18

B-II-19

B-II-20

B-II-21

B-II-22

B-II-23

B-II-24

B-II-25

B-II-26

B-II-27

B-II-28

B-II-29

B-II-30

B-II-31

B-II-32

B-II-33

B-II-34

B-II-35

B-II-36

B-II-37

B-II-38

B-II-39

B-II-40

B-II-41

B-II-42

B-II-43

B-II-44

B-II-45

B-II-46

B-II-47

B-II-48

B-II-49

B-II-50

B-II-51

B-II-52

B-III

B-III-2

B-III-3

B-III-4

B-III-5

B-III-6

B-III-7

B-III-8

B-III-9

B-III-10

B-III-11

B-III-12

B-III-13

B-IV

B-IV-2

B-IV-3

B-IV-4

B-IV-5

B-IV-6

B-IV-7

B-IV-8

B-IV-9

B-IV-10

B-IV-11

B-IV-12

B-IV-13

B-IV-14

B-IV-15

B-IV-16

B-IV-17

B-IV-18

B-IV-19

B-IV-20

B-IV-21

B-IV-22

B-IV-23

B-IV-24

B-IV-25

B-IV-26

B-IV-27

Compounds of Formula I

In some embodiments, provided herein is a compound having the structureof Formula I:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-I is

-   -   each of X¹ and X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X³ and X⁴ is independently C or N;    -   each of Y¹ and Y² is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   provided that when X¹ is CR², X² is CR² or N, X³ is C, X⁴ is C,        and one of Y¹ and Y² is S, then the other of Y¹ or Y² is N;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and        R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula I has an H-I selectedfrom one of H-I-2 to H-I-34 in Table 1a. In particular, H-I may beselected from H-I-18 and H-I-20. In certain embodiments, H-I of acompound of Formula I is represented by the formula H-I-18:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R² isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; and each of Y¹ and Y² is independently selectedfrom CR³, N, NR⁴ and O. One of Y¹ and Y² may additionally be selectedfrom S if the other of Y¹ or Y² is N. In certain embodiments, up to oneof Y¹ and Y² is O or S.

In certain embodiments, H-I of a compound of Formula I is represented bythe formula H-I-20:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², ateach occurrence, is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, andalkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino; and each of Y¹and Y² is independently selected from CR³, N, NR⁴ and O. One of Y¹ andY² may additionally be selected from S if the other of Y¹ or Y² is N. Incertain embodiments, up to one of Y¹ and Y² is O or S.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, R¹ of a compound of Formula Imay be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphineoxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, andhaloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In some cases, when H-I ofFormula I is selected from one of H-I-2 to H-I-34, such as from H-I-18and H-I-20, R² of a compound of Formula I may be, at each occurrence,selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, L¹ may be selected from a bond,carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L¹may be selected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene,such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ is selected from hydrogen and alkyl.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, Ring A may be selected from a3-6 membered ring, such as from a 5-6 membered ring, such as from a5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-membered heterocyclicring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl, 5-memberedheteroaryl, and 6-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-101. In certain embodiments, Ais selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 to A-57, A-78 toA-87, A-90, A-92, and A-95 to A-101. In certain embodiments, A isselected from A-1 to A-18, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. Incertain embodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-9, A-11 toA-13, A-15 to A-17, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. In certainembodiments, A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments,A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. Incertain embodiments, A is connected at the same ring atom to L and L².In certain embodiments, A is connected at different ring atoms to L¹ andL². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring heteroatom to L¹and/or L². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring carbon to Land/or L². In certain embodiments, R^(A), at each occurrence, may beselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(A) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, m is 0 to 3.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, L² may be selected from a bond,carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄alkylene. In particular, L² may be selected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—,—NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylene.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, Ring B may be selected from B-I,B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13,B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole, benzimidazole,benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments, B contains 0,1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and N atoms. In certainembodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms. In certainembodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and no other ringheteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B is connected at a ring heteroatomto L², such as a ring N atom. In certain embodiments, B is connected ata ring carbon to L², such as a ring carbon on an aromatic ring. Incertain embodiments, R^(B), at each occurrence, may be selected fromhalo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(B) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to2.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸, R¹⁰,R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-I of Formula I is selected from one of H-I-2 toH-I-34, such as from H-I-18 and H-I-20, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹, and R¹³is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-I of Formula I is selected from H-I-18 andH-I-20; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; L¹ is selected from O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such as from O and —NR⁵—; Ais selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such as from a cycloalkyl andheterocyclic ring; L² is selected from —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene;and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52,B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as fromindole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I has the structure ofFormula I-A:

A compound of Formula I may be selected from any one of compounds I-1 toI-14 listed in Table 4a. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula Iis other than the structures listed in Table 4a.

TABLE 4a Exemplary compounds of Formula I Com- pound Number StructureI-1 

I-2 

I-3 

I-4 

I-5 

I-6 

I-7 

I-8 

I-9 

I-10

I-11

I-12

I-13

I-14

Compounds of Formula II

In other embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula II:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-II is

-   -   X² is CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,        alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,        alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   L² is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and        R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, or        heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, or heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring; and    -   R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,        oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, or heteroarylalkylamino.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula II has an H-II selectedfrom one of H-II-2 to H-II-32 in Table 1b. In particular, H-II may beselected from H-II-2 and H-II-3. In certain embodiments, H-II of acompound of Formula II is represented by the formula H-II-2:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁴ isselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from halo,hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl,and haloalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In certain embodiments, H-II of a compound of Formula II is representedby the formula H-II-3:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁴ isselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from halo,hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl,and haloalkyl; R² is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, andalkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, R¹ of a compound of Formula IImay be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphineoxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, andhaloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In some cases, when H-II ofFormula II is selected from one of H-II-2 to H-II-32, such as fromH-II-2 and H-II-3, R² of a compound of Formula II may be, at eachoccurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, andalkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl. In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from oneof H-II-2 to H-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, R¹⁴ of a compoundof Formula II may be selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, andalkylamino, such as from halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino,cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, L³ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L³may be selected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene,such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ is selected from hydrogen and alkyl.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, Ring A may be selected from a3-6 membered ring, such as from a 5-6 membered ring, such as from a5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-membered heterocyclicring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl, 5-memberedheteroaryl, and 6-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-101. In certain embodiments, Ais selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 to A-57, A-78 toA-87, A-90, A-92, and A-95 to A-101. In certain embodiments, A isselected from A-1 to A-18, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. Incertain embodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-9, A-11 toA-13, A-15 to A-17, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. In certainembodiments, A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments,A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. Incertain embodiments, A is connected at the same ring atom to L³ and L².In certain embodiments, A is connected at different ring atoms to L³ andL². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring heteroatom to L³and/or L². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring carbon to L³and/or L². In certain embodiments, R^(A), at each occurrence, may beselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(A) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, m is 0 to 3.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, L² may be selected from a bond,carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄alkylene. In particular, L² may be selected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—,—NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylene.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, Ring B may be selected fromB-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole,benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments,B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and Natoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and noother ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B is connected at a ringheteroatom to L², such as a ring N atom. In certain embodiments, B isconnected at a ring carbon to L², such as a ring carbon on an aromaticring. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at each occurrence, may be selectedfrom halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(B) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to2.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸, R¹⁰,R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-II of Formula II is selected from one of H-II-2 toH-II-32, such as from H-II-2 and H-II-3, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹, and R¹³is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-II of Formula II is selected from H-II-2and H-II-3; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², when present,is, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl,and heteroalkyl; R¹⁴ is selected from halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl; L³is selected from O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such asfrom O and —NR₅—; A is selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such asfrom a cycloalkyl and heterocyclic ring; L² is selected from —NR⁵—,—NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, andC₁-C₄ heteroalkylene; and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II,B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 toB-IV-27, such as from indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, andimidazopyridine.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula II has the structure ofFormula II-A:

A compound of Formula II may be selected from any one of compounds II-1to II-18 listed in Table 4b. In certain embodiments, a compound ofFormula II is other than the structures listed in Table 4b.

TABLE 4b Exemplary compounds of Formula II Compound MW Number Structure(calc'd) m/z (found) II-1 

II-2 

II-3 

499.55 500.2  [M + H]+ II-4 

579.64 580.25 [M + H]+ II-5 

II-6 

II-7 

518.98 519.2  [M + H]+ II-8 

II-9 

II-10

578.65 579.4  [M + H]+ II-11

552.52 II-12

II-13

II-14

589.64 590.3  [M + H]+ II-15

510.58 511.25 [M + H]+ II-16

579.64 580.3  [M + H]+ II-17

588.65 589.4  [M + H]+ II-18

614.64 615.4  [M + H]+ II-19

673.26 337.6  [M + 2]++ II-20

II-21

II-22

II-23

II-24

II-25

II-26

II-27

II-28

II-29

II-30

II-31

II-32

II-33

TABLE 4G IC50 values for Formula II inhibitors of menin ++++ +++ ++ +(IC50 ≤ (100 < IC50 ≤ (1000 < IC50 ≤ (IC50 > 100 nM) 1000 nM) 10,000 nM)10,000 nM) Menin II-3, II-4, II-11, II-15, II-14 II-7, II-17, MLL 4-43II-10 II-16, II-19 II-18 IC₅₀ (nM)Compounds of Formula III

In still other embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula III:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   p is an integer from 1 to 9;    -   (i) at least one R^(A) is present at a carbon in the 2, 4, or 6        position of the piperidine ring; (ii) at least one R^(A) is        present at each of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position of the        piperidine ring, provided that when one R^(A) is present at one        of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position and at least one R^(A) is        present at the other of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position, an        R^(A) on the carbon in the 3 position and an R^(A) on the carbon        in the 5 position do not together form a bridge; or (iii) two        R^(A) are present at one of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position        of the piperidine ring, provided that when one R^(A) is present        at one of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position and at least one        R^(A) is present at the other of the carbons in the 3 or 5        position, an R^(A) on the carbon in the 3 position and an R^(A)        on the carbon in the 5 position do not together form a bridge;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula III has an H-IIIselected from one of H-III-2 to H-III-33 in Table 1c. In particular,H-III may be selected from H-III-2 and H-III-3. In certain embodiments,H-III of a compound of Formula III is represented by the formulaH-III-2:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selectedfrom CR³, N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ andX⁶ is O or S.

In certain embodiments, H-III of a compound of Formula III isrepresented by the formula H-III-3:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; R² is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹ of a compound ofFormula III may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In somecases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2 toH-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R² of a compound of FormulaIII may be, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl. In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected fromone of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹⁵ of acompound of Formula III may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L¹ may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L¹ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ isselected from hydrogen and alkyl.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, at least one R^(A) ispresent at a carbon in the 2, 4, or 6 position of the piperidine ring.In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, at least one R^(A) ispresent at each of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position of the piperidinering, provided that when one R^(A) is present at one of the carbons inthe 3 or 5 position and at least one R^(A) is present at the other ofthe carbons in the 3 or 5 position, an R^(A) on the carbon in the 3position and an R^(A) on the carbon in the 5 position do not togetherform a bridge. In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected fromone of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, two R^(A)are present at one of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position of thepiperidine ring, provided that when one R^(A) is present at one of thecarbons in the 3 or 5 position and at least one R^(A) is present at theother of the carbons in the 3 or 5 position, an R^(A) on the carbon inthe 3 position and an R^(A) on the carbon in the 5 position do nottogether form a bridge. In some cases, when H-III of Formula III isselected from one of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 andH-III-3, R^(A), at each occurrence, may be selected from halo, hydroxyl,amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl. In certainembodiments, two R^(A) groups attached to the same atom or differentatoms may optionally form a bridge or ring. In certain embodiments, p is1 to 3.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L² may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄ alkylene. In particular, L² may beselected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,C₁-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be selectedfrom B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole,benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments,B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and Natoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and noother ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B is connected at a ringheteroatom to L², such as a ring N atom. In certain embodiments, B isconnected at a ring carbon to L², such as a ring carbon on an aromaticring. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at each occurrence, may be selectedfrom halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(B) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to2.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸,R¹⁰, R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula III is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹,and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-III of Formula III is selected from H-III-2and H-III-3; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², when present,is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, and heteroalkyl; R¹⁵is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, or amino; L¹ is selected from O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such as from O and —NR⁵—; Ais selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such as from a cycloalkyl andheterocyclic ring; L² is selected from —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene;and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52,B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as fromindole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine.

A compound of Formula III may be selected from any one of compoundsIII-1 to III-22 listed in Table 4c. In certain embodiments, a compoundof Formula III is other than the structures listed in Table 4c.

TABLE 4c Exemplary compounds of Formula III Compound MW Number Structure(calc'd) m/z (found) III-1 

III-2 

III-3 

520.52 521.25 [M + H]+ III-4 

III-5 

III-6 

III-7 

III-8 

III-9 

III-10

III-11

III-12

III-13

III-14

III-15

III-16

III-17

III-18

III-19

III-20

III-21

III-22

III-23

III-24

III-25

III-26

III-27

III-28

III-29

III-30

TABLE 4H IC50 values for Formula III inhibitors of menin + (IC50 >10,000 nM) Menin MLL 4-43 111-3 IC₅₀ (nM)Compounds of Formula IV

In still more embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula IV:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   p is an integer from 0 to 9;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   provided that for B-II when Z¹ is CR⁷ or N, Z² is CR⁷ or N, Z⁶        is NR⁹, Z⁷ is CR⁸, and Z⁸ is CR⁸, then Z⁵ is N;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring; and    -   provided that the compound of Formula IV is not any one of        compounds IV-27, IV-28, IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, and IV-32 listed in        Table 4d.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula IV has an H-III selectedfrom one of H-III-2 to H-III-33 in Table 1c. In particular, H-III may beselected from H-III-2 and H-III-3. In certain embodiments, H-III of acompound of Formula IV is represented by the formula H-III-2:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selectedfrom CR³, N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ andX⁶ is O or S.

In certain embodiments, H-III of a compound of Formula IV is representedby the formula H-III-3:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; R² is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹ of a compound ofFormula IV may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In somecases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2 toH-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R² of a compound of FormulaIV may be, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl. In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected fromone of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹⁵ of acompound of Formula IV may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L¹ may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L¹ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ isselected from hydrogen and alkyl.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R^(A), at eachoccurrence, may be selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, twoR^(A) groups attached to the same atom or different atoms may optionallyform a bridge or ring. In certain embodiments, p is 0 to 3.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L² may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄ alkylene. In particular, L² may beselected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,C₁-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be selectedfrom B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-19, B-II-21 to B-II-52,B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, provided thatthe compound of Formula IV is not any one of compounds IV-27, IV-28,IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, and IV-32 listed in Table 4d. In some cases, whenH-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such asfrom H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be selected from B-I-2 to B-I-24,B-II-2 to B-II-19, B-II-21 to B-II-52, B-III-2 to B-III-13, and B-IV-2to B-IV-27, provided that the compound of Formula IV is not any one ofcompounds IV-27, IV-28, IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, and IV-32 listed in Table4d. In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one ofH-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may beselected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-19, B-II-21 toB-II-26, B-II-31 to B-II-37, B-II-39 to B-II-51, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-12, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, provided that B is not a ring Bstructure selected from the group consisting of ring B structuresB-II-20, B-II-27, B-II-28, B-II-29, B-II-30, B-II-38, B-II-52, andB-III-13. In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from oneof H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may beselected from B-I-14 to B-I-24, B-II-21 to B-II-26, B-II-31 to B-II-37,B-II-39 to B-II-51, B-III-10, B-III-12, B-IV-20, and B-IV-22 to B-IV-27.In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be B-I. Incertain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, suchas ring O and N atoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or4 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ringN atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B isconnected at a ring heteroatom to L², such as a ring N atom. In certainembodiments, B is connected at a ring carbon to L², such as a ringcarbon on an aromatic ring. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at eachoccurrence, may be selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, twoR^(B) groups attached to the same atom or different atoms may optionallyform a bridge or ring. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certainembodiments, n is 0 to 2.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸,R¹⁰, R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IV is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹,and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-III of Formula IV is selected from H-III-2and H-III-3; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², when present,is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, and heteroalkyl; R¹⁵is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, or amino; L¹ is selected from O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such as from O and —NR⁵—; Ais selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such as from a cycloalkyl andheterocyclic ring; L² is selected from —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene;and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-19,B-II-21 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 toB-IV-27, provided that the compound of Formula IV is not any one ofcompounds IV-27, IV-28, IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, and IV-32 listed in Table4d.

In some cases, H-III is selected from Table 1c. A compound of Formula IVmay be selected from any one of compounds IV-1 to IV-26 and IV-33 toIV-34 listed in Table 4d. In certain embodiments, a compound of FormulaIV is other than the structures listed in Table 4d. In certainembodiments, a compound of Formula IV is not any one of compounds IV-27to IV-32 listed in Table 4d.

TABLE 4d Exemplary compounds of Formula IV Compound Number Structure MW(calc'd) m/z (found) IV-1 

IV-2 

485.53 486.25 [M + H]+ IV-3 

IV-4 

IV-5 

IV-6 

IV-7 

IV-8 

446.49 447.6 [M + H]+  IV-9 

460.52 461.25 [M + H]+ IV-10

IV-11

IV-12

IV-13

IV-14

IV-15

IV-16

IV-17

IV-18

IV-19

IV-20

IV-21

IV-22

IV-23

IV-24

IV-25

IV-26

IV-27

IV-28

IV-29

IV-30

IV-31

IV-32

IV-33

IV-34

TABLE 4I IC50 values for Formula IV inhibitors of menin +++ ++ + (100 <IC50 ≤ (1000 < IC50 ≤ (IC50 > 1000 nM) 10,000 nM) 10,000 nM) Menin MLL4-43 IV-8 IV-9 IV-2 IC₅₀ (nM)Compounds of Formula V

In other embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula V:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,        alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl,        alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   L² is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring, provided that when L³ is —NR⁵—, A is not a        piperidine ring that is connected at the carbon in position 4 of        the piperidine ring to L³ (where the N of the piperidine ring is        in the 1 position) and connected at the N atom of the piperidine        ring to L²;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula V has an H-III selectedfrom one of H-III-2 to H-III-33 in Table 1c. In particular, H-III may beselected from H-III-2 and H-III-3. In certain embodiments, H-III of acompound of Formula V is represented by the formula H-III-2:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selectedfrom CR³, N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ andX⁶ is O or S.

In certain embodiments, H-III of a compound of Formula V is representedby the formula H-III-3:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; R² is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹ of a compound ofFormula V may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In somecases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2 toH-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R² of a compound of FormulaV may be, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl. In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from oneof H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹⁵ of acompound of Formula V may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L³ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L³may be selected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene,such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ is selected from hydrogen and alkyl. In somecases, L³ is not —NR⁵— or —NR⁶CH₂—. In some cases, L³ may be selectedfrom a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄alkenylene, C₂-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring A may be selectedfrom a 3-6 membered ring, such as from a 5-6 membered ring, such as froma 5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-membered heterocyclicring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl, 5-memberedheteroaryl, and 6-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-101. In certain embodiments, Ais selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 to A-57, A-78 toA-87, A-90, A-92, and A-95 to A-101. In certain embodiments, A isselected from A-1 to A-18, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. Incertain embodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-9, A-11 toA-13, A-15 to A-17, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-8, A-11, A-12, A-15to A-17, A-41, A-44, and A-57. In certain embodiments, A is not selectedfrom A-9, A-13, and A-78 to A-87, such as A-9. In certain embodiments, Acontains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments, A contains 0,1, or 2 ring N atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. In certainembodiments, A is connected at the same ring atom to L³ and L². Incertain embodiments, A is connected at different ring atoms to L³ andL². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring heteroatom to L³and/or L². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring carbon to L³and/or L². In certain embodiments, R^(A), at each occurrence, may beselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(A) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, m is 0 to 3.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L² may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄ alkylene. In particular, L² may beselected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,C₁-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene. In some cases, when L³ is—NR⁵— or —NR⁶CH₂—, L² is not a C₁ alkylene. In some cases, when L³ is—NR⁵— or —NR⁶CH₂—, L² may be selected from a bond, carbonyl, O, S,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C2-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene,C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄ alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl,and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄ alkylene. In some cases,when L³ is —NR⁵— or —NR⁶CH₂—, L² may be selected from a carbonyl, O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₂-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylene.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be selectedfrom B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole,benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments,B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and Natoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and noother ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B is connected at a ringheteroatom to L², such as a ring N atom. In certain embodiments, B isconnected at a ring carbon to L², such as a ring carbon on an aromaticring. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at each occurrence, may be selectedfrom halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(B) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to2.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸,R¹⁰, R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula V is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹,and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-III of Formula V is selected from H-III-2and H-III-3; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², when present,is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, and heteroalkyl; R¹⁵is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, or amino; L³ is selected from O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such as from O and —NR⁵—; Ais selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such as from a cycloalkyl andheterocyclic ring; L² is selected from —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene;and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52,B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as fromindole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine.

A compound of Formula V may be selected from any one of compounds V-1 toV-26 listed in Table 4e. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula Vis other than the structures listed in Table 4e.

TABLE 4e Exemplary compounds of Formula V Compound Number Structure MW(calc'd) m/z (found) V-1 

485.52 486.7 [M + H]+ V-2 

V-3 

498.52 499.6 [M + H]+ V-4 

V-5 

V-6 

V-7 

V-8 

V-9 

V-10

V-11

V-12

V-13

456.49 457.2 [M + H]+ V-14

V-15

470.51 471.2 [M + H]+ V-16

V-17

V-18

V-19

V-20

V-21

V-22

V-23

V-24

V-25

V-26

TABLE 4J IC50 values for Formula V inhibitors of menin + (IC50 > 10,000nM) Menin MLL 4-43 V-3, V-13, V-15 IC₅₀ (nM)Compounds of Formula VI

In still other embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula VI:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   L¹ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   L⁴ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl,        provided that L⁴ is not a C₁ alkylene;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring, provided that when L¹ is —NR⁵—, A is not a        piperidine ring that is connected at the carbon in position 4 of        the piperidine ring to L¹ (where the N of the piperidine ring is        in the 1 position) and connected at the N atom of the piperidine        ring to L⁴;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L⁴;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring; and    -   provided that the compound of Formula VI is not compound VI-43        listed in Table 4f.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula VI has an H-III selectedfrom one of H-III-2 to H-III-33 in Table 1c. In particular, H-III may beselected from H-III-2 and H-III-3. In certain embodiments, H-III of acompound of Formula VI is represented by the formula H-III-2:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selectedfrom CR³, N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ andX⁶ is O or S.

In certain embodiments, H-III of a compound of Formula VI is representedby the formula H-III-3:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; R² is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹ of a compound ofFormula VI may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In somecases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2 toH-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R² of a compound of FormulaVI may be, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl. In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected fromone of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹⁵ of acompound of Formula VI may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L¹ may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L¹ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ isselected from hydrogen and alkyl. In some cases, L¹ is a bond. In somecases, L¹ is not —NR⁵—. In some cases when L¹ is —NR⁵—, A is not apiperidine ring that is connected at the carbon in position 4 of thepiperidine ring to L¹ (where the N of the piperidine ring is in the 1position) and connected at the N atom of the piperidine ring to L⁴.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring A may be selectedfrom a 3-6 membered ring, such as from a 5-6 membered ring, such as froma 5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-membered heterocyclicring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl, 5-memberedheteroaryl, and 6-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-101. In certain embodiments, Ais selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 to A-57, A-78 toA-87, A-90, A-92, and A-95 to A-101. In certain embodiments, A isselected from A-1 to A-18, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. Incertain embodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-9, A-11 toA-13, A-15 to A-17, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87, such as from A-1to A-4, A-6, A-15, A-16, A-41, A-44, and A-57. In some cases, A is A-7,A-8, A-9, or A-10. In some cases, A is not A-17. In some cases, A is notA-17, where A-17 is connected at one ring N atom to L¹ and at the otherring N atom to L⁴. In some cases, A is not selected from A-7 to A-9,A-11 to A-13, A-17, and A-78 to A-87. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated heterocyclic ring with 1 ring N atom. In certain embodiments,A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments, A contains0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. In certainembodiments, A is connected at the same ring atom to L¹ and L⁴. Incertain embodiments, A is connected at different ring atoms to L and L⁴.In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring heteroatom to L¹ and/orL⁴. In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring carbon to L¹ and/orL⁴. In certain embodiments, when L¹ is a bond, L⁴ is —NR⁵—, R⁵ is H, andm is 0, A is not a piperidine ring that is connected at the carbon inposition 4 of the piperidine ring to L⁴ (where the N of the piperidinering is in the 1 position) and connected at the N atom of the piperidinering to H-III. In certain embodiments, R^(A), at each occurrence, may beselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(A) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, m is 0 to 3.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L⁴ may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₂-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₂-C₄ alkylene. In particular, L⁴ may beselected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,C₂-C₄ alkylene, and C₂-C₄ heteroalkylene. In some cases, L⁴ is O, S,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, or —NR⁶SO₂—. In some cases, L⁴ is —NR⁶CH₂—,—NR⁶C(═O)—, or —NR⁶SO₂—. In some cases, L⁴ includes a N atom. In somecases, L⁴ is not

where q is 0 or 1; Q is NH, N(alkyl), O, or a bond; Q′ is NH, N(alkyl),or CH₂; and Q′ is connected to B.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be selectedfrom B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole,benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments,B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and Natoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and noother ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B is connected at a ringheteroatom to L⁴, such as a ring N atom. In certain embodiments, B isconnected at a ring carbon to L⁴, such as a ring carbon on an aromaticring. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at each occurrence, may be selectedfrom halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(B) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to2.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸,R¹⁰, R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula VI is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹,and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-III of Formula VI is selected from H-III-2and H-III-3; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², when present,is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, and heteroalkyl; R¹⁵is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, or amino; L¹ is selected from O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such as from O and —NR⁵—; Ais selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such as from a cycloalkyl andheterocyclic ring; L⁴ is selected from —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,—NR⁶SO₂—, C₂-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene;and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52,B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as fromindole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine.

A compound of Formula VI may be selected from any one of compounds VI-1to VI-42 listed in Table 4f. In certain embodiments, a compound ofFormula VI is other than the structures listed in Table 4f. In certainembodiments, a compound of Formula VI is not compound VI-43 or VI-44listed in Table 4f.

TABLE 4f Exemplary compounds of Formula VI Compound Number StructureVI-1 

VI-2 

VI-3 

VI-4 

VI-5 

VI-6 

VI-7 

VI-8 

VI-9 

VI-10

VI-11

VI-12

VI-13

VI-14

VI-15

VI-16

VI-17

VI-18

VI-19

VI-20

VI-21

VI-22

VI-23

VI-24

VI-25

VI-26

VI-27

VI-28

VI-29

VI-30

VI-31

VI-32

VI-33

VI-34

VI-35

VI-36

VI-37

VI-38

VI-39

VI-40

VI-41

VI-42

VI-43

VI-44

Compounds of Formula IX

In certain embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula IX:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-III is

-   -   X² is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   L¹ is a bond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—,        —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,        alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to —C(R¹⁶R^(16a))—;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³,        and R¹⁵ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,        halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,        carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl,        haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,        cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino;    -   each of R¹⁶ and R^(16a) is independently selected from halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino; or R¹⁶ and R^(16a) together with the        carbon atom to which they are attached, come together to form an        optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or an optionally        substituted 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,

-   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the same    atom or different atoms can together optionally form a bridge or    ring;    -   provided that when one of X⁵ and X⁶ is CR³, the other of X⁵ or        X⁶ is S, L¹ is —NR⁵—, A is a piperidine ring that is connected        at the carbon in position 4 of the piperidine ring to L¹ and        connected at the N atom of the piperidine ring to —CR¹⁶R^(16a)—,        B is B-II, Z¹ and Z² are CR⁷, Z⁵ is C, Z⁶ is N, and Z⁷ and Z⁸        are CR⁸, Z⁶ is not substituted with an R^(B) that comprises a        functional group that covalently reacts with one or more        residues on menin.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula IX has an H-III selectedfrom one of H-III-2 to H-III-33 in Table 1c. In particular, H-III may beselected from H-III-2 and H-III-3. In certain embodiments, H-III of acompound of Formula IX is represented by the formula H-III-2:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selectedfrom CR³, N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ andX⁶ is O or S.

In certain embodiments, H-III of a compound of Formula IX is representedby the formula H-III-3:

wherein R¹ is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl; R¹⁵ isselected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, and amino; R² is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl; and each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently selected from CR³,N, NR⁴, O, and S. In certain embodiments, up to one of X⁵ and X⁶ is O orS.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹ of a compound ofFormula IX may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as from alkyl and haloalkyl. In somecases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2 toH-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R² of a compound of FormulaIX may be, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, andheteroalkyl. In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected fromone of H-III-2 to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, R¹⁵ of acompound of Formula IX may be selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino,cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,and alkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, L¹ may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L¹ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ isselected from hydrogen and alkyl.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring A may be selectedfrom a 3-6 membered ring, such as from a 5-6 membered ring, such as froma 5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-membered heterocyclicring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl, 5-memberedheteroaryl, and 6-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-101. In certain embodiments, Ais selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 to A-57, A-78 toA-87, A-90, A-92, and A-95 to A-101. In certain embodiments, A isselected from A-1 to A-18, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. Incertain embodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-9, A-11 toA-13, A-15 to A-17, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. In certainembodiments, A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments,A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. Incertain embodiments, A is connected at the same ring atom to L¹ and—C(R¹⁶R^(16a))—. In certain embodiments, A is connected at differentring atoms to L¹ and —C(R¹⁶R^(16a))—. In certain embodiments, A isconnected at a ring heteroatom to L¹ and/or —C(R¹⁶R^(16a))—. In certainembodiments, A is connected at a ring carbon to L¹ and/or—C(R¹⁶R^(16a))—. In certain embodiments, R^(A), at each occurrence, maybe selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide,oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(A) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, m is 0 to 3.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, Ring B may be selectedfrom B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole,benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments,B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and Natoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and noother ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at eachoccurrence, may be selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, twoR^(B) groups attached to the same atom or different atoms may optionallyform a bridge or ring. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certainembodiments, n is 0 to 2.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸,R¹⁰, R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, when H-III of Formula IX is selected from one of H-III-2to H-III-33, such as from H-III-2 and H-III-3, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹,and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, H-III of Formula IX is selected from H-III-2and H-III-3; R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; R², when present,is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, alkyl, and heteroalkyl; R¹⁵is selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, or amino; L¹ is selected from O,—NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such as from O and —NR⁵—; Ais selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such as from a cycloalkyl andheterocyclic ring; and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II,B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 toB-IV-27, such as from indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, andimidazopyridine.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula IX has the structure ofFormula IX-A:

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula IX or IX-A does notcomprise a functional group that covalently reacts with one or moreresidues on menin.

Compounds of Formula X

In certain embodiments, a compound has the structure of Formula X:

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:    -   H-X is selected from

-   -   each of X¹, X², and X⁷ is independently CR² or N;    -   each of X³ and X⁴ is independently C or N;    -   each of X⁵ and X⁶ is independently CR³, N, NR⁴, O, or S;    -   each of L¹ and L² is independently a bond, carbonyl, O, S,        —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene,        heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or        heteroalkylenecarbonyl;    -   A is a bond, a 3-7 membered saturated ring, or a 3-7 membered        unsaturated ring;    -   m is an integer from 0 to 12;    -   B is selected from B-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV;    -   wherein B is connected at any ring atom to L²;    -   B-I is

-   -   B-II is

-   -   B-III is

-   -   B-IV is

-   -   each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹;    -   Z⁵ is C or N;    -   each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S;    -   each of Z⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³,        O, or S;    -   n is an integer from 0 to 6;    -   each of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², and        R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, halo,        hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,        amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,        aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl,        cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,        cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,        heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,        heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,        arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,        heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, and        heteroarylalkylamino; and    -   each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine        oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,        alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,        cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,        heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,        heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl,        aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,        heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino,    -   wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groups attached to the        same atom or different atoms can together optionally form a        bridge or ring.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula X has an H-X selectedfrom one of H-X-1 to H-X-91 in Table Id. In certain embodiments, H-X maybe selected from H-X-1 and H-X-4 to H-X-31. In certain embodiments, H-Xmay be selected from H-X-2 and H-X-32 to H-X-62. In certain embodiments,H-X may be selected from H-X-3 and H-X-63 to H-X-91.

In some cases, R¹ of a compound of Formula X may be selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, and haloalkyl, such as fromalkyl and haloalkyl. In some cases, R² of a compound of Formula X maybe, at each occurrence, selected from H, halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, andalkylamino, such as from H, halo, hydroxyl, and amino.

In some cases, for a compound of Formula X, L¹ may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl. In particular, L¹ may be selected from acarbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene,C₂-C₄ alkenylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, such as —NR⁵— wherein R⁵ isselected from hydrogen and alkyl.

In some cases, for a compound of Formula X, Ring A may be selected froma 3-6 membered ring, such as from a 5-6 membered ring, such as from a5-membered cycloalkyl, 6-membered cycloalkyl, 5-membered heterocyclicring, 6-membered heterocyclic ring, 6-membered aryl, 5-memberedheteroaryl, and 6-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, A is asaturated 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring. In certainembodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-101. In certain embodiments, Ais selected from A-1 to A-18, A-40 to A-42, A-44, A-50 to A-57, A-78 toA-87, A-90, A-92, and A-95 to A-101. In certain embodiments, A isselected from A-1 to A-18, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. Incertain embodiments, A is selected from A-1 to A-4, A-6 to A-9, A-11 toA-13, A-15 to A-17, A-41, A-44, A-57, and A-78 to A-87. In certainembodiments, A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms. In certain embodiments,A contains 0, 1, or 2 ring N atoms and no other ring heteroatoms. Incertain embodiments, A is connected at the same ring atom to L¹ and L².In certain embodiments, A is connected at different ring atoms to L¹ andL². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring heteroatom to L¹and/or L². In certain embodiments, A is connected at a ring carbon to L¹and/or L². In certain embodiments, R^(A), at each occurrence, may beselected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(A) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, m is 0 to 3.

In some cases, for a compound of Formula X, L² may be selected from abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene, C₁-C₄alkylenecarbonyl, C₂-C₄ alkenylenecarbonyl, and C₁-C₄heteroalkylenecarbonyl, such as C₁-C₄ alkylene. In particular, L² may beselected from a carbonyl, O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—,C₁-C₄ alkylene, and C₁-C₄ heteroalkylene.

In some cases, for a compound of Formula X, Ring B may be selected fromB-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II, B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 toB-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 to B-IV-27, such as from indole,benzimidazole, benzoxazole, and imidazopyridine. In certain embodiments,B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring heteroatoms, such as ring O and Natoms. In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms.In certain embodiments, B contains 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 ring N atoms and noother ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, B is connected at a ringheteroatom to L², such as a ring N atom. In certain embodiments, B isconnected at a ring carbon to L², such as a ring carbon on an aromaticring. In certain embodiments, R^(B), at each occurrence, may be selectedfrom halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo,carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl,aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl, andheteroarylalkyl. In certain embodiments, two R^(B) groups attached tothe same atom or different atoms may optionally form a bridge or ring.In certain embodiments, n is 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, n is 0 to2.

In some cases, for a compound of Formula X, each of R², R³, R⁷, R⁸, R¹⁰,R¹¹, and R¹² is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy,cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclylalkyl,heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino,heterocyclylalkylamino, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino,aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy,heteroarylamino, and heteroarylalkylamino, such as from H, halo,hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido,acyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkylamino,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylalkylamino,aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylamino, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkyloxy,and heteroarylalkylamino.

In some cases, for a compound of Formula X, each of R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁹, andR¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H, acyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, such as from H, acyl, alkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, and heteroarylalkyl.

In particular embodiments, R¹ is selected from alkyl and haloalkyl; L¹is selected from O, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, and —NR⁶SO₂—, such asfrom O and —NR⁵—; A is selected from a 5- or 6-membered ring, such asfrom a cycloalkyl and heterocyclic ring; L² is selected from —NR⁵—,—NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, C₁-C₄ alkylene, C₂-C₄ alkenylene, andC₁-C₄ heteroalkylene; and B is selected from B-I, B-I-2 to B-I-24, B-II,B-II-2 to B-II-52, B-III, B-III-2 to B-III-13, B-IV, and B-IV-2 toB-IV-27, such as from indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, andimidazopyridine.

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, H-X is

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, H-X is

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, H-X is

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ is halo,hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano, amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl,or haloalkyl.

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ is amino.

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ is alkyl. Incertain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ is C₁-C₃ alkyl.In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, R² in X¹ is methyl.

In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula X, X⁶ is CR³ and R³ inX⁶ is selected from H, halo, amino, carboxyl, and alkyl. In certainembodiments of a compound of Formula X, X⁶ is CR³ and R³ in X⁶ isselected from F, amino, carboxyl, and methyl.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula X has the structure ofFormula X-A:

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula X has the structure ofFormula X-B:

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula X has the structure ofFormula X-C:

Compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, the compoundcomprises an R^(B) selected from:

-   -   wherein:    -   G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C₃₋₁₂        carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations        thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more        R³² groups;    -   V is absent or selected from a C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle, and 3- to        12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted        with one or more R³² groups;    -   each of R²¹ and R³² is, at each occurrence, independently        selected from:        -   H, halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰,            —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰,            —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),            —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, and —CN;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to            10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein            two R³² on the same carbon atom can come together to form a            C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle;        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered            heterocycle of R³² is independently optionally substituted            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl,            and C₂₋₆ alkynyl;    -   R²⁰ at each occurrence is independently selected from:        -   hydrogen;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR³⁰,            —SR³⁰, —N(R³⁰)₂, —N(R³⁰)C(O)R³⁰, —C(O)R³⁰, —C(O)OR³⁰,            —C(O)N(R³⁰)₂, —OC(O)R³⁰, —S(O)₂R³⁰, —S(O)₂N(R³⁰)₂,            —N(R³⁰)S(O)₂R³⁰, —NO₂, —P(O)(OR³⁰)₂, —P(O)(R³⁰)₂,            —OP(O)(OR³⁰)₂, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle            and C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle; and    -   R³⁰ at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen,        C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²¹ is amoiety with 5 to 50 atoms, such as a moiety with 5 to 40 atoms.

In some embodiments, V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated ring,3-8 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. V may be optionally substituted withone or more R³² groups, such as with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R³² groups. Insome embodiments, V is a 3-7 membered saturated ring, such as a 3-7membered cycloalkyl or 3-7 membered aromatic or non-aromaticheterocycle. In some embodiments, V is a 3-7 membered unsaturated ring,such as a 6 membered aryl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, or 3-7 memberedcycloalkenyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V isselected from a 3-8 membered saturated ring optionally substituted withone or more R³² groups. In some embodiments of a compound of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle,any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V isselected from:

and, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V is a 4-,5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodimentsof a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V is selected from azetidine,oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran,thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, andhomopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one ormore R³² groups. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I,II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, V is selected from:

any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V is abicyclic heterocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V isselected from

any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In certain embodiments, V is a 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, suchas a 8-10 membered fused bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, thefused bicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or moreatoms selected from N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, the fusedbicyclic ring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms. Eachof the rings of the fused bicyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated.In particular embodiments, both rings of the fused bicyclic ring aresaturated. Non-limiting examples of V comprising a fused bicyclic ringinclude

In some embodiments, V is a 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring, such as a7-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, the fusedbicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or more atomsselected from N, O, and S. In particular embodiments, the fused bicyclicring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms. Non-limitingexamples of V comprising a spiro bicyclic ring include

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V isselected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring, any oneof which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In someembodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX,and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V is selected fromphenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene,anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline,cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene,dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole,dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole,isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole,benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene,benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, andbenzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one ormore R³² groups. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I,II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V isa heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V isselected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene,anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline,cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole,thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran,indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole,benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In some embodimentsof a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V is selected from

wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, V is absent.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G is a bond.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G isalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G isselected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one ofwhich is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups. In someembodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX,and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G is selected from:

wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G is aheteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G is a C₃₋₁₀carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which isoptionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G is asaturated C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycle,any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, G isselected from:

wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from Table 4a, Table 4b,Table 4c, Table 4d, Table 4e, or Table 4f. In some cases, the compoundis not any one of the compounds selected from IV-27 listed in Table 4d,IV-28 listed in Table 4d, IV-29 listed in Table 4d, IV-30 listed inTable 4d, IV-31 listed in Table 4d, IV-32 listed in Table 4d, VI-43listed in Table 4f, and VI-44 listed in Table 4f.

In certain aspects, compounds of the disclosure covalently bond withmenin and inhibit the interaction of menin with MLL. Such bonding maylead to an increase in the affinity of the compound for menin, which isan advantageous property in many applications, including therapeutic anddiagnostic uses. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosurecomprise electrophilic groups capable of reacting with a nucleophilicgroup present in a menin protein. Suitable electrophilic groups aredescribed throughout the application, while suitable nucleophilic groupsinclude, for example, cysteine moieties present in the binding domain ofa menin protein. Without wishing to be bound by theory, a cysteineresidue in the menin binding domain may react with the electrophilicgroup of a compound of the disclosure, leading to formation of aconjugate product. In certain embodiments, the compounds of thedisclosure are capable of covalently bonding to the cysteine residue atposition 329 of a menin isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or cysteine 334 inmenin isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1). In certain embodiments, the disclosureprovides a conjugate of a compound of the disclosure with a meninprotein. For example, the disclosure provides a conjugate of a compoundof the invention with menin, bound at the cysteine residue 329 of meninisoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, one or moreof R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵,R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A), and R^(B), when present, comprises a functionalgroup that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, the functional groupcovalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin. In someembodiments of a compound provided herein, the functional groupcovalently reacts with a cysteine on menin at position 329 relative toSEQ ID NO: 2 when optimally aligned or position 334 relative to SEQ IDNO: 1 when optimally aligned. In certain embodiments, the functionalgroup covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin selected fromcysteine 329, cysteine 241, and/or cysteine 230 on menin relative to SEQID NO: 2 when optimally aligned. In certain embodiments, the functionalgroup covalently reacts with cysteine 329 relative to SEQ ID NO: 2 whenoptimally aligned.

In certain embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV,V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, one ormore of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴,R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A), and R^(B), when present, comprises a moietythat covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin. In particularembodiments, one or more of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰,R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A), and R^(B), when present,comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with any one or more isoformsof menin, for example, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO:2) or isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3) of menin. In certain embodiments, one ormore of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴,R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A), and R^(B), when present, comprises a moietythat covalently reacts with menin, wherein the menin protein shares 60%or more, 70% or more, 75% or more, 80% or more, 85% or more, 90% ormore, 95% or more, or 99% or more sequence identity with isoform 1 (SEQID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3).

In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I,II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X, one or more of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶,R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A), andR^(B), when present, comprises an electrophilic group that issusceptible to nucleophilic attack from a residue on menin. Included inthe present disclosure are all electrophilic moieties that are known byone of skill in the art to bind to nucleophilic residues, for example,any electrophilic moiety known to bind to cysteine residues. In certainembodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X, one or more of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹,R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A), and R^(B), whenpresent, comprises a moiety other than an electrophile wherein themoiety is capable of binding or covalently reacting with a residue onmenin. In particular embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, VI, IX, and X, one or more of R¹, R², R³, R⁴,R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a), R^(A),and R^(B), when present, comprises a moiety that covalently reacts withone or more cysteine residues on menin, for example, one or more ofcysteine 329, cysteine 241, and cysteine 230 relative to SEQ ID NO: 2when optimally aligned. In certain embodiments, one or more of R¹, R²,R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R^(16a),R^(A), and R^(B), when present, comprises a moiety that covalentlyreacts with cysteine 329 in menin isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or cysteine334 in menin isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1). In certain embodiments, acompound or salt of any one of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, andX, is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting theinteraction of menin and MLL.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, the compoundis capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting theinteraction of menin and MLL.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²¹comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or moreresidues on menin. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein,the functional group covalently reacts with one or more cysteineresidues on menin. In some embodiments of a compound provided herein,the functional group covalently reacts with a cysteine on menin atposition 329 relative to SEQ ID NO: 2 when optimally aligned or position334 relative to SEQ ID NO: 1 when optimally aligned.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²¹ is amoiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl; an alpha,beta-unsaturated sulfonyl; an epoxide; an aldehyde; sulfonyl fluoride; ahalomethylcarbonyl; a dihalomethylcarbonyl; or a trihalomethylcarbonyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²¹ isselected from:

-   -   wherein:    -   L⁵ is selected from a bond; and C₁₋₆ alkylene, C₁₋₆        heteroalkylene, C₂₋₆ alkenylene, and C₂₋₆ alkynylene, each of        which is independently optionally substituted with one or more        R³² groups;    -   R²² and R²³ are selected from        -   hydrogen, halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰,            —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰,            —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),            —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, and —CN;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to            10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein            each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of            R²² and R²³ is independently optionally substituted with one            or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰,            —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂,            —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂,            ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; or R²² and            R²³, together with the carbon atoms to which they are            attached, form a carbocyclic ring;    -   R²⁴ is selected from:        -   hydrogen, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰,            —S(O)₂R²⁰, and —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂;        -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is            independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with            one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to            10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle,        -   wherein each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered            heterocycle of R²⁴ is independently optionally substituted            with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰,            —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,            —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl,            and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, L⁵ is abond. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, L⁵ isoptionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkylene. In some embodiments of a compoundof any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof, L⁵ is selected from methylene, ethylene orpropylene. In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II,III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,L⁵ is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen,—NO₂, ═O, ═S, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, and —N(R²⁰)₂.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²³ isselected from:

-   -   hydrogen;    -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is        independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one        or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰,        —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂,        —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O,        ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN,        C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and        -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein            each C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is            independently optionally substituted with one or more            substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂,            —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂,            —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂,            ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂,            —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²³ isselected from:

-   -   hydrogen;    -   C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents        selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰),        and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally        substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen,        —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,        —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,        —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,        —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and        C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²³ isselected from hydrogen and C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, ═O, ═S,═N(R²⁰), and —CN.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²² isselected from:

-   -   hydrogen and —CN;    -   C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is        independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one        or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰,        —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂,        —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O,        ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN,        C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and    -   C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each        C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is        independently optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂,        —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰,        —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S,        ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₁₋₆        alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²² isselected from hydrogen; —CN; and C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted withone or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, and—N(R²⁰)₂.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²² and R²³,together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-,6-, or 7-membered carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²⁴ isselected from hydrogen and C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —NO₂,═O, and —CN.

In some embodiments of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, R²¹ isselected from:

Pharmaceutical Compositions

The compositions and methods of the present invention may be utilized totreat an individual in need thereof. In certain embodiments, theindividual is a mammal such as a human, or a non-human mammal. Whenadministered to an animal, such as a human, the composition or thecompound is preferably administered as a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising, for example, a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV,V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated fororal administration. In other embodiments, the pharmaceuticalcomposition is formulated for injection. In still more embodiments, thepharmaceutical compositions comprise a compound as disclosed herein andan additional therapeutic agent (e.g., anticancer agent). Non-limitingexamples of such therapeutic agents are described herein below.

Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral,intravenous, rectal, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary,transmucosal, transdermal, vaginal, otic, nasal, and topicaladministration. In addition, by way of example only, parenteral deliveryincludes intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullaryinjections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular,intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, and intranasal injections.

In certain embodiments, a composition of a compound of any of FormulasI, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof is administered in a local rather than systemic manner, forexample, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, often ina depot preparation or sustained release formulation. In specificembodiments, long acting formulations are administered by implantation(for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscularinjection. Furthermore, in other embodiments, a compound of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof is delivered in a targeted drug delivery system, forexample, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody. In suchembodiments, the liposomes are targeted to and taken up selectively bythe organ. In yet other embodiments, the composition is provided in theform of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended releaseformulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation. Inyet other embodiments, the composition is administered topically.

The compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be effective over a widedosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosagesfrom 0.01 to 1000 mg per day, from 0.5 to 100 mg per day, from 1 to 50mg per day, and from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that maybe used in some embodiments. The exact dosage will depend upon the routeof administration, the form in which the compound is administered, thesubject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, andthe preference and experience of the attending physician.

In some embodiments, a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof isadministered in a single dose. Typically, such administration will be byinjection, e.g., intravenous injection, in order to introduce the agentquickly. However, other routes are used as appropriate. In someembodiments, a single dose of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof isused for treatment of an acute condition.

In some embodiments, a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof isadministered in multiple doses. In some embodiments, dosing is aboutonce, twice, three times, four times, five times, six times, or morethan six times per day. In other embodiments, dosing is about once amonth, once every two weeks, once a week, or once every other day. Inanother embodiment, a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI,IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and another agentare administered together about once per day to about 6 times per day.In another embodiment, the administration of a compound of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof and an agent continues for less than about 7 days. In yetanother embodiment, the administration continues for more than about 6days, more than about 10 days, more than about 14 days, more than about28 days, more than about two months, more than about six months, or oneyear or more. In some cases, continuous dosing is achieved andmaintained as long as necessary.

Administration of the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may continueas long as necessary. In some embodiments, a compound of the inventionis administered for more than 1, more than 2, more than 3, more than 4,more than 5, more than 6, more than 7, more than 14, or more than 28days. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered28 days or less, 14 days or less, 7 days or less, 6 days or less, 5 daysor less, 4 days or less, 3 days or less, 2 days or less, or 1 day or apart thereof. In some embodiments, a compound of any of Formulas I, II,III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereofis administered chronically on an ongoing basis, e.g., for the treatmentof chronic effects.

In some embodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areadministered in dosages. It is known in the art that due to intersubjectvariability in compound pharmacokinetics, individualization of dosingregimen is necessary for optimal therapy. Dosing for a compound of anyof Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof may be found by routine experimentation inlight of the instant disclosure.

In some embodiments, the compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated into pharmaceutical compositions. In specific embodiments,pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional mannerusing one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprisingexcipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the activecompounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Properformulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Anypharmaceutically acceptable techniques, carriers, and excipients areused as suitable to formulate the pharmaceutical compositions describedherein: Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed(Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E.,Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical DosageForms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical DosageForms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams &Wilkins 1999).

Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound ofany of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent(s),excipient(s), or carrier(s). In certain embodiments, the compounds orsalts described are administered as pharmaceutical compositions in whicha compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof is mixed with other activeingredients, as in combination therapy. Encompassed herein are allcombinations of actives set forth in the combination therapies sectionbelow and throughout this disclosure. In specific embodiments, thepharmaceutical compositions include one or more compounds of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof.

A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of acompound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof with other chemicalcomponents, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents,suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. In certainembodiments, the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administrationof the compound to an organism. In some embodiments, practicing themethods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically effectiveamounts of compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and Xor pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are administered in apharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder ormedical condition to be treated. In specific embodiments, the mammal isa human. In certain embodiments, therapeutically effective amounts varydepending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health ofthe subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors. Thecompounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are used singly or incombination with one or more therapeutic agents as components ofmixtures.

In one embodiment, one or more compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated in an aqueous solution. In specific embodiments, the aqueoussolution is selected from, by way of example only, a physiologicallycompatible buffer, such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, orphysiological saline buffer. In other embodiments, one or more compoundsof any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof are formulated for transmucosal administration.In specific embodiments, transmucosal formulations include penetrantsthat are appropriate to the barrier to be permeated. In still otherembodiments wherein the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated for other parenteral injections, appropriate formulationsinclude aqueous or nonaqueous solutions. In specific embodiments, suchsolutions include physiologically compatible buffers and/or excipients.

In another embodiment, compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated for oral administration. Compounds of any of Formulas I, II,III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereofare formulated by combining the active compounds with, e.g.,pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. In variousembodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX,and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are formulated inoral dosage forms that include, by way of example only, tablets,powders, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs,slurries, suspensions and the like.

In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical preparations for oral use areobtained by mixing one or more solid excipient with one or more of thecompounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, optionally grinding theresulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after addingsuitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars,including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulosepreparations such as: for example, maize starch, wheat starch, ricestarch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose,microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP orpovidone) or calcium phosphate. In specific embodiments, disintegratingagents are optionally added. Disintegrating agents include, by way ofexample only, cross-linked croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone,agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.

In one embodiment, dosage forms, such as dragee cores and tablets, areprovided with one or more suitable coating. In specific embodiments,concentrated sugar solutions are used for coating the dosage form. Thesugar solutions, optionally contain additional components, such as byway of example only, gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopolgel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions,and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs and/orpigments are also optionally added to the coatings for identificationpurposes. Additionally, the dyestuffs and/or pigments are optionallyutilized to characterize different combinations of active compounddoses.

In certain embodiments, therapeutically effective amounts of at leastone of the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and Xor pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are formulated into otheroral dosage forms. Oral dosage forms include push-fit capsules made ofgelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and aplasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. In specific embodiments,push-fit capsules contain the active ingredients in admixture with oneor more filler. Fillers include, by way of example only, lactose,binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesiumstearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In other embodiments, softcapsules, contain one or more active compound that is dissolved orsuspended in a suitable liquid. Suitable liquids include, by way ofexample only, one or more fatty oil, liquid paraffin, or liquidpolyethylene glycol. In addition, stabilizers are optionally added.

In other embodiments, therapeutically effective amounts of at least oneof the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are formulated for buccal orsublingual administration. Formulations suitable for buccal orsublingual administration include, by way of example only, tablets,lozenges, or gels. In still other embodiments, the compounds of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof are formulated for parental injection, includingformulations suitable for bolus injection or continuous infusion. Inspecific embodiments, formulations for injection are presented in unitdosage form (e.g., in ampoules) or in multi-dose containers.Preservatives are, optionally, added to the injection formulations. Instill other embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are formulatedin a form suitable for parenteral injection as sterile suspensions,solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles. Parenteral injectionformulations optionally contain formulatory agents such as suspending,stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. In specific embodiments,pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration includeaqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Inadditional embodiments, suspensions of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV,V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areprepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilicsolvents or vehicles for use in the pharmaceutical compositionsdescribed herein include, by way of example only, fatty oils such assesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate ortriglycerides, or liposomes. In certain specific embodiments, aqueousinjection suspensions contain substances which increase the viscosity ofthe suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, ordextran. Optionally, the suspension contains suitable stabilizers oragents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for thepreparation of highly concentrated solutions. In certain embodiments,the active agent is in powder form for constitution with a suitablevehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.

In still other embodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areadministered topically. The compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV,V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may beformulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, suchas solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks,balms, creams or ointments. Such pharmaceutical compositions optionallycontain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffersand preservatives.

In yet other embodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated for transdermal administration.

Transdermal formulations may employ transdermal delivery devices andtransdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions orbuffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer oran adhesive. In various embodiments, such patches are constructed forcontinuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.In additional embodiments, the transdermal delivery of the compounds ofany of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof is accomplished by means of iontophoreticpatches and the like. In certain embodiments, transdermal patchesprovide controlled delivery of the compounds of any of Formulas I, II,III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.In specific embodiments, the rate of absorption is slowed by usingrate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymermatrix or gel. In alternative embodiments, absorption enhancers are usedto increase absorption. Absorption enhancers or carriers includeabsorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents that assist passagethrough the skin. For example, in one embodiment, transdermal devicesare in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoircontaining the compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX,and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof optionally withcarriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compoundto the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over aprolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.

In other embodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV,V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated for administration by inhalation.

Various forms suitable for administration by inhalation include, but arenot limited to, aerosols, mists or powders. Pharmaceutical compositionsof a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are conveniently delivered inthe form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or anebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g.,dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane,dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas). Inspecific embodiments, the dosage unit of a pressurized aerosol isdetermined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. In certainembodiments, capsules and cartridges of, such as, by way of exampleonly, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator are formulatedcontaining a powder mix of the compound of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and asuitable powder base such as lactose or starch.

In still other embodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III,IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof areformulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectalfoams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retentionenemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butteror other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such aspolyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like. In suppository forms of thecompositions, a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixtureof fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter isfirst melted.

In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are formulated inany conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptablecarriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitateprocessing of the active compounds into preparations which can be usedpharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route ofadministration chosen. Any pharmaceutically acceptable techniques,carriers, and excipients may be optionally used as suitable.Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of any of Formulas I,II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof are manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way ofexample only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating,dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping orcompression processes.

Pharmaceutical compositions include at least one pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and at least one compound ofany of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof, sometimes referred to herein as an activeagent or ingredient. The active ingredient may be in free-acid orfree-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.Additionally, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI,IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be inunsolvated or solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solventssuch as water and ethanol. In addition, the pharmaceutical compositionsoptionally include other medicinal or pharmaceutical agents, carriers,adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifyingagents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure,buffers, and/or other therapeutically valuable substances.

Methods for the preparation of compositions comprising the compounds ofany of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof include formulating the compounds with one ormore inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers to form asolid, semi-solid or liquid. Solid compositions include, but are notlimited to, powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets,and suppositories. Liquid compositions include solutions in which acompound is dissolved, emulsions comprising a compound, or a solutioncontaining liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles comprising a compoundof any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof. Semi-solid compositions include, but are notlimited to, gels, suspensions and creams. The form of the pharmaceuticalcompositions of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include liquid solutions orsuspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in a liquidprior to use, or as emulsions. These compositions also optionallycontain minor amounts of nontoxic, auxiliary substances, such as wettingor emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and so forth.

In some embodiments, pharmaceutical composition comprising at least onecompound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof illustratively takes the formof a liquid where the agents are present in solution, in suspension orboth. Typically when the composition is administered as a solution orsuspension a first portion of the agent is present in solution and asecond portion of the agent is present in particulate form, insuspension in a liquid matrix. In some embodiments, a liquid compositionincludes a gel formulation. In other embodiments, the liquid compositionis aqueous.

In certain embodiments, aqueous suspensions contain one or more polymersas suspending agents. Polymers include water-soluble polymers such ascellulosic polymers, e.g., hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, andwater-insoluble polymers such as cross-linked carboxyl-containingpolymers. Certain pharmaceutical compositions described herein comprisea mucoadhesive polymer, selected for example fromcarboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer),poly(methylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylicacid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.

Pharmaceutical compositions also, optionally, include solubilizingagents to aid in the solubility of a compound described herein. The term“solubilizing agent” generally includes agents that result in formationof a micellar solution or a true solution of the agent. Certainacceptable nonionic surfactants, for example polysorbate 80, are usefulas solubilizing agents, as can ophthalmically acceptable glycols,polyglycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol 400, and glycol ethers.

Pharmaceutical compositions optionally include one or more pH adjustingagents or buffering agents, including acids such as acetic, boric,citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids; bases such as sodiumhydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodiumacetate, sodium lactate and tris-hydroxymethylaminomethane; and bufferssuch as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride. Suchacids, bases and buffers are included in an amount required to maintainpH of the composition in an acceptable range.

Additionally, useful compositions also, optionally, include one or moresalts in an amount required to bring osmolality of the composition intoan acceptable range. Such salts include those having sodium, potassiumor ammonium cations and chloride, citrate, ascorbate, borate, phosphate,bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite anions; suitable saltsinclude sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium thiosulfate, sodiumbisulfite and ammonium sulfate.

Pharmaceutical compositions optionally include one or more preservativesto inhibit microbial activity. Suitable preservatives includemercury-containing substances such as merfen and thiomersal; stabilizedchlorine dioxide; and quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkoniumchloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.

Pharmaceutical compositions may include one or more surfactants toenhance physical stability or for other purposes. Suitable nonionicsurfactants include polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetableoils, e.g., polyoxyethylene (60) hydrogenated castor oil; andpolyoxyethylene alkylethers and alkylphenyl ethers, e.g., octoxynol 10,octoxynol 40.

Pharmaceutical compositions may include one or more antioxidants toenhance chemical stability where required. Suitable antioxidantsinclude, by way of example only, ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite.

In certain embodiments, aqueous suspension compositions are packaged insingle-dose non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dosereclosable containers are used, in which case it is typical to include apreservative in the composition.

In certain embodiments, delivery systems for hydrophobic pharmaceuticalcompounds are employed. Liposomes and emulsions are examples of deliveryvehicles or carriers useful herein. In certain embodiments, organicsolvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone are also employed. In additionalembodiments, the compounds of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX,and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are delivered using asustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solidhydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Varioussustained-release materials may be used herein. In some embodiments,sustained-release capsules release the compounds for a few weeks up toover 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the biologicalstability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for proteinstabilization are employed.

In certain embodiments, the formulations described herein comprise oneor more antioxidants, metal chelating agents, thiol containing compoundsand/or other general stabilizing agents. Examples of such stabilizingagents, include, but are not limited to: (a) about 0.5% to about 2% w/vglycerol, (b) about 0.1% to about 1% w/v methionine, (c) about 0.1% toabout 2% w/v monothioglycerol, (d) about 1 mM to about 10 mM EDTA, (e)about 0.01% to about 2% w/v ascorbic acid, (f) 0.003% to about 0.02% w/vpolysorbate 80, (g) 0.001% to about 0.05% w/v. polysorbate 20, (h)arginine, (i) heparin, (j) dextran sulfate, (k) cyclodextrins, (l)pentosan polysulfate and other heparinoids, (m) divalent cations such asmagnesium and zinc; or (n) combinations thereof.

In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of anyof Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof provided in a pharmaceutical compositions isless than about: 100%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 19%, 18%,17%, 16%, 15%, 14%, 13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%,1%, 0.5%, 0.4%, 0.3%, 0.2%, 0.1%, 0.09%, 0.08%, 0.07%, 0.06%, 0.05%,0.04%, 0.03%, 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.009%, 0.008%, 0.007%, 0.006%, 0.005%,0.004%, 0.003%, 0.002%, 0.001%, 0.0009%, 0.0008%, 0.0007%, 0.0006%,0.0005%, 0.0004%, 0.0003%, 0.0002%, or 0.0001% w/w, w/v or v/v.

In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of anyof Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof provided in a pharmaceutical composition isgreater than about: 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 19.75%,19.50%, 19.25% 19%, 18.75%, 18.50%, 18.25% 18%, 17.75%, 17.50%, 17.25%17%, 16.75%, 16.50%, 16.25% 16%, 15.75%, 15.50%, 15.25% 15%, 14.75%,14.50%, 14.25% 14%, 13.75%, 13.50%, 13.25% 13%, 12.75%, 12.50%, 12.25%12%, 11.75%, 11.50%, 11.25% 11%, 10.75%, 10.50%, 10.25% 10%, 9.75%,9.50%, 9.25% 9%, 8.75%, 8.50%, 8.25% 8%, 7.75%, 7.50%, 7.25% 7%, 6.75%,6.50%, 6.25% 6%, 5.75%, 5.50%, 5.25% 5%, 4.75%, 4.50%, 4.25%, 4%, 3.75%,3.50%, 3.25%, 3%, 2.75%, 2.50%, 2.25%, 2%, 1.75%, 1.50%, 1.25%, 1%,0.5%, 0.4%, 0.3%, 0.2%, 0.1%, 0.09%, 0.08%, 0.07%, 0.06%, 0.05%, 0.04%,0.03%, 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.009%, 0.008%, 0.007%, 0.006%, 0.005%, 0.004%,0.003%, 0.002%, 0.001%, 0.0009%, 0.0008%, 0.0007%, 0.0006%, 0.0005%,0.0004%, 0.0003%, 0.0002%, or 0.0001% w/w, w/v, or v/v.

In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of anyof Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof is in the range from approximately 0.0001% toapproximately 50%, approximately 0.001% to approximately 40%,approximately 0.01% to approximately 30%, approximately 0.02% toapproximately 29%, approximately 0.03% to approximately 28%,approximately 0.04% to approximately 27%, approximately 0.05% toapproximately 26%, approximately 0.06% to approximately 25%,approximately 0.07% to approximately 24%, approximately 0.08% toapproximately 23%, approximately 0.09% to approximately 22%,approximately 0.1% to approximately 21%, approximately 0.2% toapproximately 20%, approximately 0.3% to approximately 19%,approximately 0.4% to approximately 18%, approximately 0.5% toapproximately 17%, approximately 0.6% to approximately 16%,approximately 0.7% to approximately 15%, approximately 0.8% toapproximately 14%, approximately 0.9% to approximately 12%,approximately 1% to approximately 10% w/w, w/v or v/v.

In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more compounds of anyof Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof is in the range from approximately 0.001% toapproximately 10%, approximately 0.01% to approximately 5%,approximately 0.02% to approximately 4.5%, approximately 0.03% toapproximately 4%, approximately 0.04% to approximately 3.5%,approximately 0.05% to approximately 3%, approximately 0.06% toapproximately 2.5%, approximately 0.07% to approximately 2%,approximately 0.08% to approximately 1.5%, approximately 0.09% toapproximately 1%, approximately 0.1% to approximately 0.9% w/w, w/v orv/v.

In some embodiments, the amount of one or more compounds of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof is equal to or less than about: 10 g, 9.5 g, 9.0 g, 8.5 g,8.0 g, 7.5 g, 7.0 g, 6.5 g, 6.0 g, 5.5 g, 5.0 g, 4.5 g, 4.0 g, 3.5 g,3.0 g, 2.5 g, 2.0 g, 1.5 g, 1.0 g, 0.95 g, 0.9 g, 0.85 g, 0.8 g, 0.75 g,0.7 g, 0.65 g, 0.6 g, 0.55 g, 0.5 g, 0.45 g, 0.4 g, 0.35 g, 0.3 g, 0.25g, 0.2 g, 0.15 g, 0.1 g, 0.09 g, 0.08 g, 0.07 g, 0.06 g, 0.05 g, 0.04 g,0.03 g, 0.02 g, 0.01 g, 0.009 g, 0.008 g, 0.007 g, 0.006 g, 0.005 g,0.004 g, 0.003 g, 0.002 g, 0.001 g, 0.0009 g, 0.0008 g, 0.0007 g, 0.0006g, 0.0005 g, 0.0004 g, 0.0003 g, 0.0002 g, or 0.0001 g.

In some embodiments, the amount of one or more compounds of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof is more than about: 0.0001 g, 0.0002 g, 0.0003 g, 0.0004g, 0.0005 g, 0.0006 g, 0.0007 g, 0.0008 g, 0.0009 g, 0.001 g, 0.0015 g,0.002 g, 0.0025 g, 0.003 g, 0.0035 g, 0.004 g, 0.0045 g, 0.005 g, 0.0055g, 0.006 g, 0.0065 g, 0.007 g, 0.0075 g, 0.008 g, 0.0085 g, 0.009 g,0.0095 g, 0.01 g, 0.015 g, 0.02 g, 0.025 g, 0.03 g, 0.035 g, 0.04 g,0.045 g, 0.05 g, 0.055 g, 0.06 g, 0.065 g, 0.07 g, 0.075 g, 0.08 g,0.085 g, 0.09 g, 0.095 g, 0.1 g, 0.15 g, 0.2 g, 0.25 g, 0.3 g, 0.35 g,0.4 g, 0.45 g, 0.5 g, 0.55 g, 0.6 g, 0.65 g, 0.7 g, 0.75 g, 0.8 g, 0.85g, 0.9 g, 0.95 g, 1 g, 1.5 g, 2 g, 2.5, 3 g, 3.5, 4 g, 4.5 g, 5 g, 5.5g, 6 g, 6.5 g, 7 g, 7.5 g, 8 g, 8.5 g, 9 g, 9.5 g, or 10 g.

In some embodiments, the amount of one or more compounds of theinvention is in the range of 0.0001-10 g, 0.0005-9 g, 0.001-8 g, 0.005-7g, 0.01-6 g, 0.05-5 g, 0.1-4 g, 0.5-4 g, or 1-3 g.

Kits/Articles of Manufacture

For use in the therapeutic applications described herein, kits andarticles of manufacture are also provided. In some embodiments, suchkits comprise a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalizedto receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like,each of the container(s) comprising one of the separate elements to beused in a method described herein. Suitable containers include, forexample, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers areformed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.

The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials.Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products includethose found in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252.Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are notlimited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials,containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for aselected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.For example, the container(s) includes one or more compounds of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, optionally in a composition or in combination withanother agent as disclosed herein. The container(s) optionally have asterile access port (for example the container is an intravenoussolution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermicinjection needle). Such kits optionally comprising a compound with anidentifying description or label or instructions relating to its use inthe methods described herein.

For example, a kit typically includes one or more additional containers,each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionallyin concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial anduser standpoint for use of a compound described herein. Non-limitingexamples of such materials include, but not limited to, buffers,diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vialand/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, andpackage inserts with instructions for use. A set of instructions willalso typically be included. A label is optionally on or associated withthe container. For example, a label is on a container when letters,numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded oretched into the container itself, a label is associated with a containerwhen it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds thecontainer, e.g., as a package insert. In addition, a label is used toindicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeuticapplication. In addition, the label indicates directions for use of thecontents, such as in the methods described herein. In certainembodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is presented in a pack ordispenser device which contains one or more unit dosage forms containinga compound provided herein. The pack, for example, contains metal orplastic foil, such as a blister pack. Or, the pack or dispenser deviceis accompanied by instructions for administration. Or, the pack ordispenser is accompanied with a notice associated with the container inform prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture,use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approvalby the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinaryadministration. Such notice, for example, is the labeling approved bythe U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or theapproved product insert. In some embodiments, compositions containing acompound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceuticalcarrier are prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeledfor treatment of an indicated condition.

Methods

The present invention provides a method of inhibiting the interaction ofmenin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein,or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) comprising contacting a cell withan effective amount of one or more compounds of any of Formulas I, II,III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.Inhibition of the interaction of menin and one or more proteins (e.g.,MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication)can be assessed and demonstrated by a wide variety of ways known in theart. Non-limiting examples include a showing of (a) a decrease in meninbinding to one or more proteins or protein fragments (e.g., MLL1, MLL2,a MLL fusion protein, a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, or a peptidefragment thereof); (b) a decrease in cell proliferation and/or cellviability; (c) an increase in cell differentiation; (d) a decrease inthe levels of downstream targets of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein,and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication (e.g., Hoxa9, DLX2, and Meis1);and/or (e) decrease in tumor volume and/or tumor volume growth rate.Kits and commercially available assays can be utilized for determiningone or more of the above.

The invention also provides methods of using the compounds orpharmaceutical compositions of the present invention to treat diseaseconditions, including but not limited to conditions implicated by menin,MLL, MLL1, MLL2, and/or MLL fusion proteins (e.g., cancer).

In some embodiments, a method for treatment of cancer is provided, themethod comprising administering an effective amount of any of theforegoing pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, thecancer is mediated by a MLL fusion protein. In other embodiments, thecancer is leukemia, breast cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer,lung cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, or a brain tumor. In certainembodiments, the cancer is leukemia.

In some embodiments the invention provides method of treating a disorderin a subject in need thereof, wherein the method comprises determiningif the subject has a MLL fusion protein and if the subject is determinedto have a MLL fusion protein, then administering to the subject atherapeutically effective dose of at least one compound of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof.

MLL fusion proteins have also been identified in hematologicalmalignancies (e.g., cancers that affect blood, bone marrow and/or lymphnodes). Accordingly, certain embodiments are directed to administrationof a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X to apatient in need of treatment of a hematological malignancy. Suchmalignancies include, but are not limited to leukemias and lymphomas.For example, the presently disclosed compounds can be used for treatmentof diseases such as Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Acutemyelogenous leukemia (AML), Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), smalllymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Acutemonocytic leukemia (AMoL), hairy cell leukemia, and/or other leukemias.In other embodiments, the compounds are can be used for treatment oflymphomas such as all subtypes of Hodgkins lymphoma or non-Hodgkinslymphoma.

Determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a MLL fusion protein canbe undertaken by assessing the nucleotide sequence encoding the MLLfusion protein, by assessing the amino acid sequence of the MLL fusionprotein, or by assessing the characteristics of a putative MLL fusionprotein.

Methods for detecting a MLL fusion protein nucleotide sequence are knownby those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limitedto, polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism(PCR-RFLP) assays, polymerase chain reaction-single strand conformationpolymorphism (PCR-SSCP) assays, real-time PCR assays, PCR sequencing,mutant allele-specific PCR amplification (MASA) assays, directsequencing, primer extension reactions, electrophoresis, oligonucleotideligation assays, hybridization assays, TaqMan assays, SNP genotypingassays, high resolution melting assays and microarray analyses. In someembodiments, the MLL fusion protein is identified using a directsequencing method of specific regions (e.g., exon 2 and/or exon 3) inthe MLL or fusion partner gene, for example. This technique willidentify all possible mutations in the region sequenced.

Methods for detecting a MLL fusion protein are known by those of skillin the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, detection ofa MLL fusion protein using a binding agent (e.g., an antibody) specificfor the fusion protein, protein electrophoresis and Western blotting,and direct peptide sequencing.

Methods for determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a MLL fusionprotein can use a variety of samples. In some embodiments, the sample istaken from a subject having a tumor or cancer. In some embodiments, thesample is taken from a subject having a cancer or tumor. In someembodiments, the sample is a fresh tumor/cancer sample. In someembodiments, the sample is a frozen tumor/cancer sample. In someembodiments, the sample is a formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded sample. Insome embodiments, the sample is processed to a cell lysate. In someembodiments, the sample is processed to DNA or RNA.

The invention also relates to a method of treating a hyperproliferativedisorder in a mammal that comprises administering to the mammal atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of Formulas I, II,III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester,or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the method relates to thetreatment of cancer such as acute myeloid leukemia, cancer inadolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers(e.g., Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma), anal cancer, appendix cancer,astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer,bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breastcancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypicalteratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervicalcancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocyticleukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronicmyleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer,craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductalcarcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrialcancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, esthesioneuroblastoma, ewingsarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eyecancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastriccancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromaltumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairycell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkinlymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet celltumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngealcancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma insitu (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer withoccult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrineneoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosisfungoides, myelodysplastic syndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferativeneoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignantmesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma,nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer,neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC),oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovariancancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasalsinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer,pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervoussystem (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cellcancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skincancer, stomach (gastric) cancer, small cell lung cancer, smallintestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, T-Cell lymphoma, testicularcancer, throat cancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer,transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter, trophoblastictumor, unusual cancers of childhood, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma,vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, or Viral-Induced cancer. In someembodiments, the method relates to the treatment of a non-canceroushyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin(e.g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e.g., benign prostatichypertrophy (BPH)). In some cases, the method relates to the treatmentof leukemia, hematologic malignancy, solid tumor cancer, prostate cancer(e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer), breast cancer, Ewing'ssarcoma, bone sarcoma, primary bone sarcoma, T-cell prolymphocyteleukemia, glioma, glioblastoma, liver cancer (e.g., hepatocellularcarcinoma), or diabetes. In some cases, the leukemia comprises AML, ALL,Mixed Lineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications ofMLL.

In certain particular embodiments, the invention relates to methods fortreatment of lung cancers, the methods comprise administering aneffective amount of any of the above described compound (or apharmaceutical composition comprising the same) to a subject in needthereof.

In certain embodiments the lung cancer is a non-small cell lungcarcinoma (NSCLC), for example adenocarcinoma, squamous-cell lungcarcinoma or large-cell lung carcinoma. In other embodiments, the lungcancer is a small cell lung carcinoma. Other lung cancers treatable withthe disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, glandulartumors, carcinoid tumors and undifferentiated carcinomas.

Subjects that can be treated with compounds of the invention, orpharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer,stereoisomer, isotopologue, hydrate or derivative of the compounds,according to the methods of this invention include, for example,subjects that have been diagnosed as having acute myeloid leukemia,acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinomachildhood, AIDS-related cancers (e.g., Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma),anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basalcell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brainstem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkittlymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germcell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers,chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronicmyelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, coloncancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma,extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNScancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer,esthesioneuroblastoma, ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor,extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone,gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor,gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestationaltrophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heartcancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer,intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrinetumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer,liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma,metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tractcarcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiplemyeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides, myelodysplasticsyndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiplemyeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignantfibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity andparanasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma,non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer,lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer,pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus andnasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngealcancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS)lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer,retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer,stomach (gastric) cancer, small cell lung cancer, small intestinecancer, soft tissue sarcoma, T-Cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, throatcancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, transitional cellcancer of the renal pelvis and ureter, trophoblastic tumor, unusualcancers of childhood, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer,vulvar cancer, Viral-Induced cancer, leukemia, hematologic malignancy,solid tumor cancer, prostate cancer, castration-resistant prostatecancer, breast cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, bone sarcoma, primary bonesarcoma, T-cell prolymphocyte leukemia, glioma, glioblastoma,hepatocellular carcinoma, liver cancer, or diabetes. In some embodimentssubjects that are treated with the compounds of the invention includesubjects that have been diagnosed as having a non-canceroushyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin(e.g., psoriasis), restenosis, or prostate (e.g., benign prostatichypertrophy (BPH)).

The invention further provides methods of modulating the interaction ofmenin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein,or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) by contacting the menin with aneffective amount of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI,IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Modulation canbe inhibiting or activating protein activity of menin, one or more ofits binding partners, and/or one or more of the downstream targets ofmenin or one or more of its binding partners. In some embodiments, theinvention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin andone or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLLPartial Tandem Duplication) by contacting menin with an effective amountof a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments, theinvention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin andone or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLLPartial Tandem Duplication) by contacting a cell, tissue, or organ thatexpresses menin, MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL PartialTandem Duplication. In some embodiments, the invention provides methodsof inhibiting protein activity in subject including but not limited torodents and mammal (e.g., human) by administering into the subject aneffective amount of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI,IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In someembodiments, the percentage modulation exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%,70%, 80%, or 90%. In some embodiments, the percentage of inhibitingexceeds 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.

In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting theinteraction of menin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in a cell bycontacting the cell with an amount of a compound of the inventionsufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins(e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL Partial TandemDuplication) in the cell. In some embodiments, the invention providesmethods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins(e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL Partial TandemDuplication) in a tissue by contacting the tissue with an amount of acompound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof sufficient to inhibit theinteraction of menin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in the tissue. Insome embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting theinteraction of menin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in an organism bycontacting the organism with an amount of a compound of any of FormulasI, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or moreproteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL PartialTandem Duplication) in the organism. In some embodiments, the inventionprovides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or moreproteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL PartialTandem Duplication) in an animal by contacting the animal with an amountof a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction ofmenin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein,or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in the animal. In some embodiments,the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of meninand one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or aMLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in a mammal by contacting the mammalwith an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit theinteraction of menin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in the mammal. Insome embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting theinteraction of menin and one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) in a human bycontacting the human with an amount of a compound of the inventionsufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins(e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL Partial TandemDuplication) in the human. The present invention provides methods oftreating a disease mediated by the interaction of menin and one or moreproteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL PartialTandem Duplication) in a subject in need of such treatment.

The invention further provides methods of stabilizing menin, comprisingcontacting menin with a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V,VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In someembodiments, the contacting step comprises contacting menin with anamount of the compound sufficient to stabilize menin. In someembodiments, the contacting step takes place in vivo. In someembodiments, the contacting step takes place in vitro. In someembodiments, the contacting step takes place in a cell.

The invention also provides methods of treating a disorder mediated bymenin interaction with one or more proteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLLfusion protein, or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication) by administering toa subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of acompound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

The invention further provides methods of treating a disorder mediatedby chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11q23 in a subject in needthereof by administering to the subject a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and Xor pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

The invention also provides methods for the treatment of a disease orcondition by administering an effective amount of a compound of any ofFormulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof to a subject suffering from the disease or condition.

The invention further provides methods for the treatment of a disease orcondition by administering a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV,V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to asubject suffering from the disease or condition, wherein the compoundbinds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with one or moreproteins (e.g., MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, or a MLL PartialTandem Duplication).

The present invention also provides methods for combination therapies inwhich an agent known to modulate other pathways, or other components ofthe same pathway, or even overlapping sets of target enzymes are used incombination with a compound of any of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI,IX, and X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In one aspect,such therapy includes but is not limited to the combination of one ormore compounds of the invention with chemotherapeutic agents,therapeutic antibodies, and radiation treatment, to provide asynergistic or additive therapeutic effect.

Where desired, the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of thepresent invention can be used in combination with Notch inhibitorsand/or c-Myb inhibitors. Where desired, the compounds or pharmaceuticalcomposition of the present invention can be used in combination withMLL-WDR5 inhibitors and/or Dot11 inhibitors.

Many chemotherapeutics are presently known in the art and can be used incombination with the compounds of the invention. In some embodiments,the chemotherapeutic is selected from the group consisting of mitoticinhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalatingantibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, enzymes,topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, anti-hormones,angiogenesis inhibitors, and anti-androgens.

Non-limiting examples are chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, andnon-peptide small molecules such as Gleevec® (Imatinib Mesylate),Velcade® (bortezomib), Casodex (bicalutamide), Iressa® (gefitinib), andAdriamycin as well as a host of chemotherapeutic agents. Non-limitingexamples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such asthiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXAN™); alkyl sulfonates such asbusulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa,carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelaminesincluding altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide,triethylenethiophosphaoramide and trimethylolomelamine; nitrogenmustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide,estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxidehydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine,trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as carmustine,chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine;antibiotics such as aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine,bleomycins, cactinomycin, calicheamicin, carabicin, carminomycin,carzinophilin, Casodex™, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin,detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, doxorubicin, epirubicin,esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins, mycophenolic acid,nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin,quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin,ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexateand 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin,methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such asfludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidineanalogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur,cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine,androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol,mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide,mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid;aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine;bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine;diaziquone; elfomithine; elliptinium acetate; etoglucid; galliumnitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidamine; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone;mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; podophyllinicacid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK®; razoxane; sizofiran;spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone;2,2′,2″-trichlorotriethylamine; urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine;mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine;arabinoside (“Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxanes, e.g.,paclitaxel (TAXOL™, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.) anddocetaxel (TAXOTERE™, Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); retinoicacid; esperamicins; capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,acids or derivatives of any of the above. Also included as suitablechemotherapeutic cell conditioners are anti-hormonal agents that act toregulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogensincluding for example tamoxifen, (Nolvadex™), raloxifene, aromataseinhibiting 4(5)-imidazoles, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene,LY 117018, onapristone, and toremifene (Fareston); and anti-androgenssuch as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin;chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate;platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine;platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitomycin C; mitoxantrone;vincristine; vinorelbine; navelbine; novantrone; teniposide; daunomycin;aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; camptothecin-11 (CPT-11);topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO). Wheredesired, the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the presentinvention can be used in combination with commonly prescribedanti-cancer drugs such as Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®,Taxol®, Arimidex®, Taxotere®, ABVD, AVICINE, Abagovomab, Acridinecarboxamide, Adecatumumab, 17-N-Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin,Alpharadin, Alvocidib, 3-Aminopyridine-2-carboxaldehydethiosemicarbazone, Amonafide, Anthracenedione, Anti-CD22 immunotoxins,Antineoplastic, Antitumorigenic herbs, Apaziquone, Atiprimod,Azathioprine, Belotecan, Bendamustine, BIBW 2992, Biricodar,Brostallicin, Bryostatin, Buthionine sulfoximine, CBV (chemotherapy),Calyculin, cell-cycle nonspecific antineoplastic agents, Dichloroaceticacid, Discodermolide, Elsamitrucin, Enocitabine, Epothilone, Eribulin,Everolimus, Exatecan, Exisulind, Ferruginol, Forodesine, Fosfestrol, ICEchemotherapy regimen, IT-101, Imexon, Imiquimod, Indolocarbazole,Irofulven, Laniquidar, Larotaxel, Lenalidomide, Lucanthone, Lurtotecan,Mafosfamide, Mitozolomide, Nafoxidine, Nedaplatin, Olaparib, Ortataxel,PAC-1, Pawpaw, Pixantrone, Proteasome inhibitor, Rebeccamycin,Resiquimod, Rubitecan, SN-38, Salinosporamide A, Sapacitabine, StanfordV, Swainsonine, Talaporfin, Tariquidar, Tegafur-uracil, Temodar,Tesetaxel, Triplatin tetranitrate, Tris(2-chloroethyl)amine,Troxacitabine, Uramustine, Vadimezan, Vinflunine, ZD6126 or Zosuquidar.

This invention further relates to a method for using the compounds ofany of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein,in combination with radiation therapy for inhibiting abnormal cellgrowth or treating the hyperproliferative disorder in the mammal.Techniques for administering radiation therapy are known in the art, andthese techniques can be used in the combination therapy describedherein. The administration of the compound of the invention in thiscombination therapy can be determined as described herein.

Radiation therapy can be administered through one of several methods, ora combination of methods, including without limitation external-beamtherapy, internal radiation therapy, implant radiation, stereotacticradiosurgery, systemic radiation therapy, radiotherapy and permanent ortemporary interstitial brachytherapy. The term “brachytherapy,” as usedherein, refers to radiation therapy delivered by a spatially confinedradioactive material inserted into the body at or near a tumor or otherproliferative tissue disease site. The term is intended withoutlimitation to include exposure to radioactive isotopes (e.g., At-211,I-131, I-125, Y-90, Re-186, Re-188, Sm-153, Bi-212, P-32, andradioactive isotopes of Lu). Suitable radiation sources for use as acell conditioner of the present invention include both solids andliquids. By way of non-limiting example, the radiation source can be aradionuclide, such as I-125, I-131, Yb-169, Ir-192 as a solid source,I-125 as a solid source, or other radionuclides that emit photons, betaparticles, gamma radiation, or other therapeutic rays. The radioactivematerial can also be a fluid made from any solution of radionuclide(s),e.g., a solution of I-125 or I-131, or a radioactive fluid can beproduced using a slurry of a suitable fluid containing small particlesof solid radionuclides, such as Au-198, Y-90. Moreover, theradionuclide(s) can be embodied in a gel or radioactive micro spheres.

The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can beused in combination with an amount of one or more substances selectedfrom anti-angiogenesis agents, signal transduction inhibitors,antiproliferative agents, glycolysis inhibitors, or autophagyinhibitors.

Anti-angiogenesis agents, such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloproteinase 2)inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix-metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-11(cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors, can be used in conjunction with acompound of the invention and pharmaceutical compositions describedherein. Anti-angiogenesis agents include, for example, rapamycin,temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD001), sorafenib, sunitinib, andbevacizumab. Examples of useful COX-II inhibitors include CELEBREX™(alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxib. Examples of useful matrixmetalloproteinase inhibitors are described in WO 96/33172 (publishedOct. 24, 1996), WO 96/27583 (published Mar. 7, 1996), European PatentApplication No. 97304971.1 (filed Jul. 8, 1997), European PatentApplication No. 99308617.2 (filed Oct. 29, 1999), WO 98/07697 (publishedFeb. 26, 1998), WO 98/03516 (published Jan. 29, 1998), WO 98/34918(published Aug. 13, 1998), WO 98/34915 (published Aug. 13, 1998), WO98/33768 (published Aug. 6, 1998), WO 98/30566 (published Jul. 16,1998), European Patent Publication 606,046 (published Jul. 13, 1994),European Patent Publication 931, 788 (published Jul. 28, 1999), WO90/05719 (published May 31, 1990), WO 99/52910 (published Oct. 21,1999), WO 99/52889 (published Oct. 21, 1999), WO 99/29667 (publishedJun. 17, 1999), PCT International Application No. PCT/IB98/01113 (filedJul. 21, 1998), European Patent Application No. 99302232.1 (filed Mar.25, 1999), Great Britain Patent Application No. 9912961.1 (filed Jun. 3,1999), U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/148,464 (filed Aug. 12,1999), U.S. Pat. No. 5,863,949 (issued Jan. 26, 1999), U.S. Pat. No.5,861,510 (issued Jan. 19, 1999), and European Patent Publication780,386 (published Jun. 25, 1997), all of which are incorporated hereinin their entireties by reference. Preferred MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitorsare those that have little or no activity inhibiting MMP-1. Morepreferred, are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and/or AMP-9relative to the other matrix-metalloproteinases (e.g., MAP-1, MMP-3,MMP-4, MMP-5, MMP-6, MMP-7, MMP-8, MMP-10, MMP-11, MMP-12, and MMP-13).Some specific examples of MMP inhibitors useful in the invention areAG-3340, RO 32-3555, and RS 13-0830.

Autophagy inhibitors include, but are not limited to chloroquine,3-methyladenine, hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil™), bafilomycin A1,5-amino-4-imidazole carboxamide riboside (AICAR), okadaic acid,autophagy-suppressive algal toxins which inhibit protein phosphatases oftype 2A or type 1, analogues of cAMP, and drugs which elevate cAMPlevels such as adenosine, LY204002, N6-mercaptopurine riboside, andvinblastine. In addition, antisense or siRNA that inhibits expression ofproteins including but not limited to ATG5 (which are implicated inautophagy), may also be used.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated oradministered in conjunction with liquid or solid tissue barriers alsoknown as lubricants. Examples of tissue barriers include, but are notlimited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed andhyaluronic acid.

In some embodiments, medicaments which are administered in conjunctionwith the compounds described herein include any suitable drugs usefullydelivered by inhalation for example, analgesics, e.g., codeine,dihydromorphine, ergotamine, fentanyl or morphine; anginal preparations,e.g., diltiazem; antiallergics, e.g., cromoglycate, ketotifen ornedocromil; anti-infectives, e.g., cephalosporins, penicillins,streptomycin, sulphonamides, tetracyclines or pentamidine;antihistamines, e.g., methapyrilene; anti-inflammatories, e.g.,beclomethasone, flunisolide, budesonide, tipredane, triamcinoloneacetonide or fluticasone; antitussives, e.g., noscapine;bronchodilators, e.g., ephedrine, adrenaline, fenoterol, formoterol,isoprenaline, metaproterenol, phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine,pirbuterol, reproterol, rimiterol, salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutalin,isoetharine, tulobuterol, orciprenaline or(−)-4-amino-3,5-dichloro-α-[[[6-[2-(2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]hexyl]-amino]methyl]benzenemethanol;diuretics, e.g., amiloride; anticholinergics e.g., ipratropium, atropineor oxitropium; hormones, e.g., cortisone, hydrocortisone orprednisolone; xanthines e.g., aminophylline, choline theophyllinate,lysine theophyllinate or theophylline; and therapeutic proteins andpeptides, e.g., insulin or glucagon. It will be clear to a personskilled in the art that, where appropriate, the medicaments are used inthe form of salts (e.g., as alkali metal or amine salts or as acidaddition salts) or as esters (e.g., lower alkyl esters) or as solvates(e.g., hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability of themedicament.

Other exemplary therapeutic agents useful for a combination therapyinclude but are not limited to agents as described above, radiationtherapy, hormone antagonists, hormones and their releasing factors,thyroid and antithyroid drugs, estrogens and progestins, androgens,adrenocorticotropic hormone; adrenocortical steroids and their syntheticanalogs; inhibitors of the synthesis and actions of adrenocorticalhormones, insulin, oral hypoglycemic agents, and the pharmacology of theendocrine pancreas, agents affecting calcification and bone turnover:calcium, phosphate, parathyroid hormone, vitamin D, calcitonin, vitaminssuch as water-soluble vitamins, vitamin B complex, ascorbic acid,fat-soluble vitamins, vitamins A, K, and E, growth factors, cytokines,chemokines, muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists;anticholinesterase agents; agents acting at the neuromuscular junctionand/or autonomic ganglia; catecholamines, sympathomimetic drugs, andadrenergic receptor agonists or antagonists; and 5-hydroxytryptamine(5-HT, serotonin) receptor agonists and antagonists.

Therapeutic agents can also include agents for pain and inflammationsuch as histamine and histamine antagonists, bradykinin and bradykininantagonists, 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), lipid substances that aregenerated by biotransformation of the products of the selectivehydrolysis of membrane phospholipids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins,thromboxanes, leukotrienes, aspirin, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatoryagents, analgesic-antipyretic agents, agents that inhibit the synthesisof prostaglandins and thromboxanes, selective inhibitors of theinducible cyclooxygenase, selective inhibitors of the induciblecyclooxygenase-2, autacoids, paracrine hormones, somatostatin, gastrin,cytokines that mediate interactions involved in humoral and cellularimmune responses, lipid-derived autacoids, eicosanoids, β-adrenergicagonists, ipratropium, glucocorticoids, methylxanthines, sodium channelblockers, opioid receptor agonists, calcium channel blockers, membranestabilizers and leukotriene inhibitors.

Additional therapeutic agents contemplated herein include diuretics,vasopressin, agents affecting the renal conservation of water, rennin,angiotensin, agents useful in the treatment of myocardial ischemia,anti-hypertensive agents, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors,β-adrenergic receptor antagonists, agents for the treatment ofhypercholesterolemia, and agents for the treatment of dyslipidemia.

Other therapeutic agents contemplated include drugs used for control ofgastric acidity, agents for the treatment of peptic ulcers, agents forthe treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease, prokinetic agents,antiemetics, agents used in irritable bowel syndrome, agents used fordiarrhea, agents used for constipation, agents used for inflammatorybowel disease, agents used for biliary disease, agents used forpancreatic disease. Therapeutic agents used to treat protozoaninfections, drugs used to treat Malaria, Amebiasis, Giardiasis,Trichomoniasis, Trypanosomiasis, and/or Leishmaniasis, and/or drugs usedin the chemotherapy of helminthiasis. Other therapeutic agents includeantimicrobial agents, sulfonamides, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazolequinolones, and agents for urinary tract infections, penicillins,cephalosporins, and other, β-lactam antibiotics, an agent comprising anaminoglycoside, protein synthesis inhibitors, drugs used in thechemotherapy of tuberculosis, mycobacterium avium complex disease, andleprosy, antifungal agents, antiviral agents including nonretroviralagents and antiretroviral agents.

Examples of therapeutic antibodies that can be combined with a compoundof the invention include but are not limited to anti-receptor tyrosinekinase antibodies (cetuximab, panitumumab, trastuzumab), anti CD20antibodies (rituximab, tositumomab), and other antibodies such asalemtuzumab, bevacizumab, and gemtuzumab.

Moreover, therapeutic agents used for immunomodulation, such asimmunomodulators, immunosuppressive agents, tolerogens, andimmunostimulants are contemplated by the methods herein. In addition,therapeutic agents acting on the blood and the blood-forming organs,hematopoietic agents, growth factors, minerals, and vitamins,anticoagulant, thrombolytic, and antiplatelet drugs.

For treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the presentinvention with sorafenib and/or avastin. For treating an endometrialdisorder, one may combine a compound of the present invention withdoxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin). Fortreating ovarian cancer, one may combine a compound of the presentinvention with cisplatin (carboplatin), taxotere, doxorubincin,topotecan, and/or tamoxifen. For treating breast cancer, one may combinea compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine(capecitabine), tamoxifen, letrozole, tarceva, lapatinib, PD0325901,avastin, herceptin, OSI-906, and/or OSI-930. For treating lung cancer,one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere(taxol), gemcitabine, cisplatin, pemetrexed, Tarceva, PD0325901, and/oravastin.

Further therapeutic agents that can be combined with a compound of theinvention are found in Goodman and Gilman's “The Pharmacological Basisof Therapeutics” Tenth Edition edited by Hardman, Limbird and Gilman orthe Physician's Desk Reference, both of which are incorporated herein byreference in their entirety.

The compounds described herein can be used in combination with theagents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on thecondition being treated. Hence, in some embodiments the one or morecompounds of the invention will be co-administered with other agents asdescribed above. When used in combination therapy, the compoundsdescribed herein are administered with the second agent simultaneouslyor separately. This administration in combination can includesimultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form,simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separateadministration. That is, a compound described herein and any of theagents described above can be formulated together in the same dosageform and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, a compound of theinvention and any of the agents described above can be simultaneouslyadministered, wherein both the agents are present in separateformulations. In another alternative, a compound of the presentinvention can be administered just followed by and any of the agentsdescribed above, or vice versa. In some embodiments of the separateadministration protocol, a compound of the invention and any of theagents described above are administered a few minutes apart, or a fewhours apart, or a few days apart.

The examples and preparations provided below further illustrate andexemplify the compounds of the present invention and methods ofpreparing such compounds. It is to be understood that the scope of thepresent invention is not limited in any way by the scope of thefollowing examples and preparations. In the following examples, andthroughout the specification and claims, molecules with a single chiralcenter, unless otherwise noted, exist as a racemic mixture. Thosemolecules with two or more chiral centers, unless otherwise noted, existas a racemic mixture of diastereomers. Single enantiomers/diastereomersmay be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art.

EXAMPLES Non-Limiting Examples of Compound Synthesis

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula I

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula I, Compound I-9

General Synthesis Route: C

Compounds including, but not limited to, II-1, II-3, II-4, II-7, II-10,II-11, II-14, II-15, II-16, II-17, II-18, and II-19 can be synthesizedusing a procedure similar to general synthesis route: C.

A solution of II-14-1 (2.24 g) and triphosgene (1.80 g) in 50 ml dioxanewas refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to giveII-14-2 crude (3.0 g, 100%), which was used in the next step withoutfurther purification.

To a solution of II-14-2 crude (1.0 g) in POCl₃ (25 ml) was added PCl₅(1.7 g). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reactionmixture was cool to room temperature and concentrated. The residue wasdiluted with DCM before ice-water was slowly added. The mixture wasextracted with DCM for three times and the organic solution was washedwith saturated NaHCO₃, dried and concentrated. The obtained II-14-3crude was used in the next step without further purifications.

A solution of II-14-3 (750 mg), tert-butyl4-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (680 mg) and DIEA (680 mg) in 20 ml THFwas refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water andextracted with EtOAc. The combined organics solution was dried andconcentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (PE/EA=5:1) togive II-14-4 (500 mg, 42%).

A solution of II-14-4 (450 mg), Zn(CN)₂ (80 mg), DPPF (100 mg),Pd₂(dba)₃ (100 mg) and Zn (13 mg) in 20 mL of NMP was heated to 100° C.overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted withEtOAc. The combined organics solution was dried and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by chromatography (PE/EA=3:1) to give II-14-5 (200mg, 45%).

A solution of II-14-5 (100 mg) in 6 ml of 1:1 TFA/DCM co-solvent wasstirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Solvent was removed and theresidue was diluted with NH₃/MeOH. The obtained mixture was concentratedto give 120 mg of II-14-6 crude, which was used without furtherpurifications.

A solution of II-14-6 crude (77 mg),5-formyl-4-methyl-1-((1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile(137 mg), NaBH(OAc)₃ (290 mg) and TEA (140 mg) in 10 ml of DCM wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith DCM. The organic solution was washed with water and brine, driedand concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography(DCM/MeOH=50:1) to give II-14-7 (60 mg, 32%).

A solution of II-14-7 (60 mg) in 6 mL of 1:1 TFA/DCM was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hours. Solvent was removed and the residue was dilutedwith NH₃/MeOH. The obtained mixture was concentrated and the residue waspurified by chromatography (DCM/MeOH=20:1) to give II-14 (25 mg, 59%).ESI-MS m/z: 590 (M+H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 12.83 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 2.83(m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.12 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula II, Compound II-1

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula II, Compound II-3

General Synthesis Route: B

Compounds including, but not limited to, I-3, IV-2, IV-8, IV-9, V-13,and V-15 can be synthesized using a procedure similar to generalsynthesis route: B.

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula III, Compound III-3

To a solution of III-3-1 (750 mg, 3.2 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were addedphenylmethanamine (440 mg, 4.1 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)₃ (298 mg, 15.0 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Thereaction mixture was treated with saturated NaHCO₃, extracted with DCM.The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated.The residue was purified by silica gel column (PE/EA=5:1) to giveIII-3-2 (500 mg, yield: 48%) as a colorless oil. ESI-MS m/z: 327 (M+H).

A mixture of III-3-2 (500 mg, 1.53 mmol) and wet Pd/C (10%) in MeOH (10mL) was stirred under H₂ atmosphere at room temperature overnight. Thereaction mixture was filtered over celite and the cake was washed withMeOH and ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated to give III-3-3(334 mg, yield: 92%) as a colorless oil. ESI-MS m/z: 181 (M−56+H).

A mixture of III-3-3 (360 mg, 1.42 mmol), tert-butyl4-amino-3,3-difluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (334 mg, 1.42 mmol) inisopropanol (10 ml) was stirred at reflux overnight. The reactionmixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gelcolumn (PE/EA=2:1) to give III-3-4 (110 mg, yield: 17%). ESI-MS m/z: 453(M+H).

The mixture of III-3-4 (110 mg, 0.24 mmol), in HCl/MeOH (4N) (10 mL) wasstirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated togive 100 mg of III-3-5 hydrochloride crude as a white solid. ESI-MS m/z:353 (M+H).

A mixture of III-3-5 hydrochloride crude (100 mg, 0.24 mmol),5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (87 mg, 0.48 mmol), TEA (0.20ml, 1.44 mmol), NaBH(OAc)₃ (300 mg, 1.44 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith DCM and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column(PE/EA=2:1) to give III-3 (17 mg, yield: 14%). ESI-MS m/z: 521 (M+H). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 8.78 (br, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.25(d, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 5.31 (d, 1H), 4.76-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.77 (m,4H), 3.20-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.02 (m, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.53 (m,2H), 2.13-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.81 (m, 1H).

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula IV, Compound IV-2

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula IV, Compound IV-8

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula IV, Compound IV-9

General Synthesis Route: A

Compounds including, but not limited to, V-1 can be synthesized using aprocedure similar to general synthesis route: A.

Synthesis of a compound of Formula V, compound V-1

A mixture of V-1-1 (250 mg, 1.0 mmol), tert-butyl4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (250 mg, 1.2 mmol), KF (298 mg, 15.0mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was stirred at 100° C. overnight. Water was added,and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column(PE/EA=3:1) to give V-1-2 (130 mg, yield: 31%) as a colorless oil.ESI-MS m/z: 418 (M+H).

A mixture of V-1-2 (130 mg, 0.31 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (10 mL) was stirredat room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated to giveV-1-3 hydrochloride crude (98 mg, yield: 89%) as a white solid. ESI-MSm/z: 318 (M+H).

A mixture of V-1-3 hydrochloride crude (98 mg, 0.28 mmol),5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (86 mg, 0.42 mmol), TEA (0.26ml, 1.68 mmol), NaBH(OAc)₃ (394 mg, 1.68 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith DCM and washed with brine. The organic solution was dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column(DCM/MeOH=30:1) to give V-1 (10 mg, yield: 7.5%). ESI-MS m/z: 486 (M+H).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 8.82 (br, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H),7.32 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 5.39-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.74(m, 4H), 2.78-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.48 (m, 5H), 2.08-2.14(m, 2H), 1.86-1.96 (m, 2H).

General Synthesis Route: D

Compounds including, but not limited to, V-3 can be synthesized using aprocedure similar to general synthesis route: D.

Synthesis of a Compound of Formula V, Compound V-3

A mixture of V-1-1 (125 mg, 0.5 mmol), Zn(CN)₂ (60 mg, 0.5 mmol),Pd₂(dba)₃ (5 mg, 0.005 mmol), Zn (3 mg, 0.05 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (4mg, 0.005 mmol) in NMP (5 ml) was stirred at 130° C. under N₂ for 10hours. TLC showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixturewas partitioned between EA and H₂O, and the organic layer was washed bybrine, dried over Na₂SO₄. Solvent was removed under vacuum and theresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA=5:1˜1:1)to give V-3-1 (60 mg, yield: 49%).

A suspension of V-3-1 (500 mg, 2 mmol) in 20 mL of about 10 N H₂SO₄aqueous solution was stirred at 100° C. for 6 hours. TLC showed that thereaction was complete. The reaction mixture was extracted by EA, driedover Na₂SO₄. Solvent was removed under vacuum to V-3-2 crude as a brownsolid (200 mg, 40%), which was used in next step without furtherpurifications.

To a solution of V-3-2 crude (400 mg, 1.53 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) wasadded (COCl)₂ (194 mg, 1.53 mmol) and one drop of DMF. The reaction wasstirred at room temperature for 10 hours. Solvent was removed to giveV-3-3 chloride crude, which was used in next step without furtherpurifications.

To a solution of tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (854 mg, 4.6 mmol)and TEA (929 mg, 9.2 mmol) in DCM (20 ml) was added the solution ofV-3-3 chloride crude in DCM (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was diluted with DCM andwashed with NaHCO₃ and brine. The solution was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (PE/EA=3:1˜1:1) to give V-3-4 as a solid (300 mg, yield:46%, 2 steps).

A solution of V-3-4 (120 mg, 0.3 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (8 ml) was stirred atroom temperature for 2 hours. Solvent was removed under vacuum and theresidue was diluted with DCM and washed with NaHCO₃. The organicsolution was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated togive V-3-5 crude as a yellow oil (120 mg).

A mixture of V-3-5 crude (120 mg, 0.3 mmol),5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (130 mg, 0.6 mmol), and TEA(300 mg, 3 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1hour before NaBH(OAc)₃ (0.5 g, 1.8 mmol) was added. The mixture reactionwas stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture waspartitioned between DCM and NaHCO₃. The organic solution was washed withbrine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified byprep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=20:1) to give V-3 as a yellow solid (20 mg, yield:19%). ESI-MS m/z: 499.15 (M+H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) 9.22 (br, 1H),9.10 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.18 (m, 1H),3.88 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 2.64 (m, 2H),2.57 (s, 3H), 2.50 (m, 2H).

Non-Limiting Examples of Experimental Assays

Fluorescence Polarization Assay.

This example illustrates an assay effective in monitoring the binding ofMLL to menin. Fluorescence polarization (FP) competition experiments areperformed to determine the effectiveness with which a compound inhibitsthe menin-MLL interaction, reported as an IC₅₀ value. Afluorescein-labeled peptide containing the high affinity menin bindingmotif found in MLL is produced according to Yokoyama et al. (Cell, 2005,123(2): 207-218), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.Binding of the labeled peptide (1.7 kDa) to the much larger menin (˜67kDa) is accompanied by a significant change in the rotationalcorrelation time of the fluorophore, resulting in a substantial increasein the fluorescence polarization and fluorescence anisotropy (excitationat 500 nm, emission at 525 nm). The effectiveness with which a compoundinhibits the menin-MLL interaction is measured in an FP competitionexperiment, wherein a decrease in fluorescence anisotropy correlateswith inhibition of the interaction and is used as a read-out for IC₅₀determination.

Homogenous Time-Resolve Fluorescence (HTRF) Assay.

A homogeneous time-resolve fluorescence (HTRF) assay is utilized as asecondary assay to confirm the results of the FP assay. In someembodiments, the HTRF assay is the primary assay and the FP assay isused as a secondary assay to confirm results. HTRF is based on thenon-radiative energy transfer of the long-lived emission from theEuropium cryptate (Eu³⁺-cryptate) donor to the allophycocyanin (XL665)acceptor, combined with time-resolved detection. An Eu³⁺-cryptate donoris conjugated with mouse anti-6His monoclonal antibody (which bindsHis-tagged menin) and XL665-acceptor is conjugate to streptavidin (whichbinds biotinylated MLL peptide). When these two fluorophores are broughttogether by the interaction of menin with the MLL peptide, energytransfer to the acceptor results in an increase in fluorescence emissionat 665 nm and increased HTRF ratio (emission intensity at 665nm/emission intensity at 620 nm). Inhibition of the menin-MLLinteraction separates the donor from the acceptor, resulting in adecrease in emission at 665 nm and decreased HTRF ratio.

Menin engagement assay. Sample Preparation: 2.5 μL of 100 μM compound isadded to 47.5 μL of 526 nM menin in PBS (5 M compound 500 nM menin in 5%DMSO final concentration). Reaction is incubated at room temperature forvariable lengths of time and quenched with 2.5 μL of 4% formic acid (FA,0.2% final concentration). Method: A Thermo Finnigan SurveyorAutosampler, PDA Plus UV detector and MS Pump along with an LTQ linearion trap mass spectrometer were used to collect sample data underXCalibur software control. A 5 L sample in “no waste” mode was injectedonto a Phenomenex Jupiter 5u 300A C5 (guard column) 2×4.00 mm at 45° C.Mobile phase composition: Buffer A (95:5 water:acetonitrile, 0.1% FA)and Buffer B (acetonitrile, 0.1% FA). Gradient elution was used with aninitial mobile phase of 85:15 (Buffer A:B) and a flow rate of 250 L/min.Upon injection, 85:15 A:B was held for 1.3 min, Buffer B was increasedto 90% over 3.2 min, held for 1 min, and then returned to initialconditions in 0.1 min and held for 2.4 min. The total run time is 8 min.A post-column divert valve employed to direct void volume salts to wastewas used for the first 2 min of the sample method. Blank injection ofBuffer A is used in between each of the sample injections. A needle washof 1:1 acetonitrile:water with 0.1% FA was used. The electrosprayionization (ESI) source used a 300° C. capillary temperature, 40 unitssheath gas flow, 20 units aux gas flow, 3 units sweep gas flow, 3.5 kVspray voltage, 120 V tube lens. Data Collection: Data collection wasperformed in the positive ion full scan mode 550-1500 Da, 10 microscans,200 ms max ion time. Data analysis: Protein mass spectra were acquiredas XCalibur datafiles. The best scans were added together using XCaliburQual Browser. The spectra were displayed using “View/Spectrum List witha Display option to display all peaks. The Edit/Copy cell menu was usedto copy the mass spectrum into the PC clipboard. The spectrum in the PCclipboard was pasted into Excel. The first two columns (m/z andIntensity were kept and the third column (Relative) was deleted. Theremaining two columns were then saved as a tab delimited file (m/z andintensity) as filename.txt from Excel. The Masslynx Databridge programwas then used to convert the filename.txt tab delimited file to Masslynxformat. In some cases, an external calibration using a (similarlyconverted) myoglobin spectrum was applied in Masslynx to correct the m/zvalues of the menin protein m/z data. MaxEntl software from the MassLynxsoftware suite was used for deconvolution of the mass spectrum to yieldthe average MW of the protein(s). The percentage of covalent adductformation was determined from the deconvoluted spectrum and used tocalculate the reaction rate (k) of the covalent reaction.

Cell Proliferation Assay.

The ability of a compound of the present invention to inhibit the growthof cells, such as human leukemia, VCaP, LNCaP, 22RV1, DU145, LNCaP-AR,MV4;11, KOPN-8, ML-2, MOLM-13, bone marrow cells (BMCs), MLL-AF9,MLL-ENL, MLL-CBP, MLL-GAS7, MLL-AF1p, MLL-AF6, HM-2, E2A-HLF, HL-60 andNB4 cells, is tested using a cell viability assay, such as the PromegaCellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega TechnicalBulletin, 2015, “CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay”: 1-15,herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Cells are plated atrelevant concentrations, for example about 1×10⁵-2×10⁵ cells per well ina 96-well plate. A compound of the present invention is added at aconcentration up to about 2 μM with eight, 2-fold serial dilutions foreach compound. Cells are incubated at 37° C. for a period of time, forexample, 72 hours, then cells in the control wells are counted. Media ischanged to restore viable cell numbers to the original concentration,and compounds are re-supplied. Proliferation is measured about 72 hourslater using Promega CellTiter-Glo® reagents, as per kit instructions.

RT-PCR Analysis ofMLL Fusion Protein Downstream Targets.

The effect of a compound of the present invention on expression of oneor more MLL fusion protein downstream targets is assessed by RT-PCR.Cells, such as VCaP, LNCaP, 22RV1, DU145, LNCaP-AR, MV4;11, KOPN-8,ML-2, MOLM-13, bone marrow cells (BMCs), MLL-AF9, MLL-ENL, MLL-CBP,MLL-GAS7, MLL-AF1p, MLL-AF6, HM-2, E2A-HLF, HL-60 and NB4 cells, aretreated with an effective concentration of a compound for about 7 daysor less, then total RNA is extracted from cells using an RNeasy mini kit(QIAGEN). Total RNA is reverse transcribed using a High Capacity cDNAReverse Transcription Kit (Applied Biosystems), and relativequantification of relevant gene transcripts (e.g., Hoxa9, DLX2, andMeis1) is determined by real-time PCR. Effective inhibition of themenin-MLL interaction is expected to result in the downregulation ofdownstream targets of MLL, including Hoxa9, DLX2, and Meis1.

Pharmacokinetic Studies in Mice.

The pharmacokinetics of menin-MLL inhibitors are determined in femaleC57BL/6 mice following intravenous (iv) dosing at 15 mg/kg and oraldosing (po) at 30 mg/kg. Compounds are dissolved in the vehiclecontaining 25% (v/v) DMSO, 25% (v/v) PEG-400 and 50% (v/v) PBS. Serialblood samples (50 μL) are collected over 24 h, centrifuged at 15,000 rpmfor 10 min and saved for analysis. Plasma concentrations of thecompounds are determined by the LC-MS/MS method developed and validatedfor this study. The LC-MS/MS method consists of an Agilent 1200 HPLCsystem and chromatographic separation of tested compound is achievedusing an Agilent Zorbax Extend-C18 column (5 cm×2.1 mm, 3.5 m; Waters).An AB Sciex QTrap 3200 mass spectrometer equipped with an electrosprayionization source (ABI-Sciex, Toronto, Canada) in the positive-ionmultiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode is used for detection. Allpharmacokinetic parameters are calculated by noncompartmental methodsusing WinNonlin® version 3.2 (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View,Calif., USA).

Efficacy Study in Mouse Xenograft Tumor Model.

Immunodeficient mice, such as 8-10 week-old female nude (nu/nu) mice,are used for in vivo efficacy studies in accordance with the guidelinesapproved by IACUC. Leukemia cells, such as human MV4-11 leukemia cellsavailable from ATCC, are implanted subcutaneously via needle into femalenude mice (5×10⁶ cells/mouse). When the tumor reaches a size ofapproximately 150 to 250 mm³ in mice, the tumor-bearing mice arerandomly assigned to a vehicle control or compound treatment group (8animals per group). Animals are treated with a compound of the presentinvention by oral gavage or intraperitoneal injection in an appropriateamount and frequency as can be determined by the skilled artisan withoutundue experimentation. Subcutaneous tumor volume in nude mice and micebody weight are measured twice weekly. Tumor volumes are calculated bymeasuring two perpendicular diameters with calipers(V=(length×width²)/2). Percentage tumor growth inhibition (%TGI=1−[change of tumor volume in treatment group/change of tumor volumein control group]*100) is used to evaluate anti-tumor efficacy.Statistical significance is evaluated using a one-tailed, two sample ttest. P<0.05 is considered statistically significant.

Efficacy Study in Prostate Tumor Xenograft Model.

Immunodeficient mice, such as 4-6 week-old male CB17 severe combinedimmunodeficiency (SCID) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies inaccordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. Parental prostatecancer cells, such as VCaP or LNCaP-AR cells, are implantedsubcutaneously into male CB. 17.SCID mice (3-4×10⁶ cells in 50%Matrigel). When the tumor reaches a palpable size of approximately 80mm³, the tumor-bearing mice are randomly assigned to a vehicle controlor compound treatment group (6 or more animals per group). Animals aretreated with a compound of the present invention by intraperitonealinjection in an appropriate amount and frequency as can be determined bythe skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In one example, miceare treated with 40 mg/kg of a compound of the present invention dailyby i.p. injection for two weeks, then 5 days per week thereafter.Subcutaneous tumor volume and mice body weight are measured twiceweekly. Tumor volumes are calculated by measuring two perpendiculardiameters with calipers (V=(length×width²)/2).

Efficacy Study in Castration-Resistant Prostate Tumor Xenograft Model(VCaP).

Immunodeficient mice, such as 4-6 week-old male CB17 severe combinedimmunodeficiency (SCID) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies inaccordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. Parental prostatecancer cells, such as VCaP cells, are implanted subcutaneously into maleCB. 17.SCID mice (3-4×10⁶ cells in 50% Matrigel). When the tumor reachesa size of approximately 200-300 mm³, the tumor-bearing mice arephysically castrated and tumors observed for regression and regrowth toapproximately 150 mm³. The tumor-bearing mice are randomly assigned to avehicle control or compound treatment group (6 or more animals pergroup). Animals are treated with a compound of the present invention byintraperitoneal injection in an appropriate amount and frequency as canbe determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. Inone example, mice are treated with 40 mg/kg of a compound of the presentinvention daily by i.p. injection. Subcutaneous tumor volume and micebody weight are measured twice weekly. Tumor volumes are calculated bymeasuring two perpendicular diameters with calipers(V=(length×width²)/2).

Efficacy Study in Castration-Resistant Prostate Tumor Xenograft Model(LNCaP-AR).

Immunodeficient mice, such as 4-6 week-old male CB17 severe combinedimmunodeficiency (SCID) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies inaccordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. CB. 17.SCID mice aresurgically castrated and allowed to recover for 2-3 weeks beforeimplanting parental prostate cancer cells, such as LNCaP-AR cells,subcutaneously into (3-4×10⁶ cells in 50% Matrigel). When the tumorreaches a size of approximately 80-100 mm³, the tumor-bearing mice arerandomly assigned to a vehicle control or compound treatment group (6 ormore animals per group). Animals are treated with a compound of thepresent invention by intraperitoneal injection in an appropriate amountand frequency as can be determined by the skilled artisan without undueexperimentation. In one example, mice are treated with 60 mg/kg of acompound of the present invention daily by i.p. injection for 27 days.Subcutaneous tumor volume and mice body weight are measured twiceweekly. Tumor volumes are calculated by measuring two perpendiculardiameters with calipers (V=(length×width²)/2).

Cellular Thermal Shift Assay (CETSA).

For the cell lysate CETSA experiments, cultured cells from cell lines(e.g., HEK293, bone marrow samples) are harvested and washed with PBS.The cells are diluted in kinase buffer (KB) (25 mMTris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane hydrochloride (Tris-HCl, pH 7.5), 5 mMbeta-glycerophosphate, 2 mM dithiothreitol (DTT), 0.1 mM sodium vanadiumoxide, 10 mM magnesium chloride) or in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS)(10 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.4), 2.7 mM potassium chloride and 137 mMsodium chloride). All buffers are supplemented with Complete proteaseinhibitor cocktail. The cell suspensions are freeze-thawed three timesusing liquid nitrogen. The soluble fraction (lysate) is separated fromthe cell debris by centrifugation at 20000×g for 20 minutes at 4° C. Thecell lysates are diluted with appropriate buffer and divided into twoaliquots, with one aliquot being treated with drug (e.g., compound ofany of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, IX, and X or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof) and the other aliquot with the diluent of theinhibitor (control). After 10-30 minute incubation at room temperaturethe respective lysates are divided into smaller (50 μL) aliquots andheated individually at different temperatures for 3 minutes followed bycooling for 3 minutes at room temperature. The appropriate temperaturesare determined in preliminary CETSA experiments. The heated lysates arecentrifuged at 20000×g for 20 minutes at 4° C. in order to separate thesoluble fractions from precipitates. The supernatants are transferred tonew microtubes and analyzed by sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gelelectrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) followed by western blot analysis.

For the intact cell experiments the drug-treated cells from the in vitroexperiments above are heated as previously described followed byaddition of KB (30 μL) and lysed using 2 cycles of freeze-thawing withliquid nitrogen. The soluble fractions are isolated and analyzed bywestern blot.

For the in vivo mice experiments, lysates of frozen tissues are used.The frozen organs (e.g., liver or kidney) are thawed on ice and brieflyrinsed with PBS. The organs are homogenized in cold PBS using tissuegrinders followed by 3 cycles of freeze-thawing using liquid nitrogen.Tissue lysates are separated from the cellular debris and lipids. Thetissue lysates are diluted with PBS containing protease inhibitors,divided into 50 μL aliquots and heated at different temperatures.Soluble fractions are isolated and analyzed by western blot.

CETSA-Like Dot-Blot Experiments on Purified Proteins.

Purified protein (0.5 μg) is added to the wells of a PCR plate and thevolume adjusted to 50 L by addition of buffer or cell lysates andligands depending on the experimental setup. The samples are heated forthe designated time and temperature in a thermocycler. After heating,the samples are immediately centrifuged for 15 min at 3000×g andfiltered using a 0.65 m Multiscreen HTS 96 well filter plate. 3 μL ofeach filtrate are blotted onto a nitrocellulose membrane. Primaryantibody and secondary conjugate are used for immunoblotting. Allmembranes are blocked with blocking buffer; standard transfer andwestern blot protocols recommended by the manufacturers are used. Allantibodies are diluted in blocking buffer. The dot-blot is developed.Chemiluminescence intensities are detected and imaged. Raw dot blotimages are processed. The background is subtracted and intensities arequantified. Graphs are plotted and fitted using sigmoidal dose-response(variable slope).

While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown anddescribed herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art thatsuch embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerousvariations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilledin the art without departing from the invention. It should be understoodthat various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention describedherein may be employed in practicing the invention. It is intended thatthe following claims define the scope of the invention and that methodsand structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents becovered thereby.

What is claimed is:
 1. A method of treating a menin-mediated disease orcondition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula II-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X² is CR² or N;X⁵ is S; X⁶ is CR³ or N; L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—,—NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl; L² is abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene,alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, orheteroalkylenecarbonyl; m is an integer from 0 to 12; B is selected fromB-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV; wherein B is connected at any ring atom toL²; B-I is

B-II is

B-III is

B-IV is

each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹; Z⁵ is C orN; each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S; each ofZ⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³, O, or S; n is aninteger from 0 to 6; each of R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹,R¹², and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,heterocyclylamino, heterocyclyl alkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy,aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, andheteroarylalkylamino; each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence,independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy,heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl,aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, andheteroarylalkylamino, wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groupsattached to the same atom or different atoms can together optionallyform a bridge or ring; and R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy,heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl,aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, orheteroarylalkylamino, wherein the disease or condition comprises aleukemia, a lymphoma, a hematologic malignancy, a solid tumor cancer,prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, skin cancer, breastcancer, liver cancer, a brain tumor, or diabetes.
 2. The method of claim1, wherein R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano,amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or haloalkyl.
 3. The method of claim 2,wherein R¹⁴ is hydroxyl, alkylamino, or amino.
 4. The method of claim 1,wherein X⁶ is CR³ and R³ in X⁶ is selected from H, halo, amino,carboxyl, and alkyl.
 5. The method of claim 1, wherein L³ is carbonyl,O, S, or —NR⁵—.
 6. The method of claim 1, wherein L² is C₁-C₄ alkylene.7. The method of claim 1, wherein X² is N.
 8. The method of claim 1,wherein R¹ is haloalkyl.
 9. The method of claim 1, wherein m is 0 and nis 1 or
 2. 10. The method of claim 1, wherein R⁵ is H or alkyl.
 11. Themethod of claim 1, wherein B is B-II.
 12. The method of claim 11,wherein B-II is


13. The method of claim 1, comprising B-II, wherein: Z¹ and Z² are CR⁷;Z⁵ is C; Z⁶ is NR^(B); and Z⁷ and Z⁸ are CR⁸.
 14. The method of claim 1,comprising B-II, wherein: Z¹ is CCH₃; Z² and Z⁸ are CH; Z⁵ is C; Z⁶ isNR^(B); and Z⁷ is CCN.
 15. The method of claim 1, comprising an R^(B)selected from:

wherein: G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C₃₋₁₂carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof,wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups; V isabsent or selected from a C₃₋₁₂ carbocycle, and 3- to 12-memberedheterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R³²groups; each of R²¹ and R³² is, at each occurrence, independentlyselected from: H, halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰,—C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂,—N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂,—OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, and —CN; C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl, eachof which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence withone or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂,—N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰, —C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰,—S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰, —NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂,—P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN, C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle, and 3- to 10-memberedheterocycle; and C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle;wherein two R³² on the same carbon atom can come together to form aC₃₋₁₀ carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein each C₃₋₁₀carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R³² is independentlyoptionally substituted with one or more substituents selected fromhalogen, —OR²⁰, —SR²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —OC(O)R²⁰, —S(O)₂R²⁰, —S(O)₂N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)S(O)₂R²⁰,—NO₂, ═O, ═S, ═N(R²⁰), —P(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —P(O)(R²⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR²⁰)₂, —CN,C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl; R²⁰ is, at each occurrence,independently selected from: hydrogen; C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, andC₂₋₆ alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted ateach occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen,—OR³⁰, —SR³⁰, —N(R³⁰)₂, —N(R³⁰)C(O)R³⁰, —C(O)R³⁰, —C(O)OR³⁰,—C(O)N(R³⁰)₂, —OC(O)R³⁰, —S(O)₂R³⁰, —S(O)₂N(R³⁰)₂, —N(R³⁰)S(O)₂R³⁰,—NO₂, —P(O)(OR³⁰)₂, —P(O)(R³⁰)₂, —OP(O)(OR³⁰)₂, and —CN; and 3- to10-membered heterocycle and C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle; and R³⁰ is, at eachoccurrence, independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, and C₂₋₆ alkynyl.
 16. The method of claim 15, wherein V isselected from:

any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R³² groups.17. The method of claim 15, wherein G is alkylene optionally substitutedwith one or more R³² groups.
 18. The method of claim 15, wherein: X⁵ isS; X⁶ is CR³, wherein R³ in X⁶ is selected from H, halo, amino,carboxyl, and alkyl; L² is C₁-C₄ alkylene; L³ is carbonyl, O, S, or—NR⁵—; B is

Z¹ and Z² are CR⁷; Z⁵ is C; Z⁶ is NR^(B); Z⁷ and Z⁸ are CR⁸; R¹ ishaloalkyl; R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano,amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or haloalkyl; and V is selected from C₃₋₁₂carbocycle and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, each of which optionallysubstituted with one or more R³² groups.
 19. The method of claim 18,wherein R¹⁴ is hydroxyl, alkylamino, or amino.
 20. The method of claim1, further comprising administering a second therapeutic agent to thesubject.
 21. The method of claim 1, wherein the disease or disorder isselected from acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia,chronic lymphocytic leukemia, small lymphocytic lymphoma, chronicmyelogenous leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia,Hodgkins lymphoma, non-Hodgkins lymphoma, mixed lineage leukemia, T-cellprolymphocyte leukemia, T-cell lymphoma, and Burkitt lymphoma.
 22. Themethod of claim 1, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from AML,ALL, mixed lineage leukemia, and leukemia having a Partial TandemDuplication of MLL.
 23. A method of inhibiting the interaction of meninand one or more of MLL1, MLL2, an MLL fusion protein, and an MLL PartialTandem Duplication, comprising contacting menin with an effective amountof a compound of Formula II-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X² is CR² or N;X⁵ is S; X⁶ is CR³ or N; L³ is a carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—,—NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene,alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, or heteroalkylenecarbonyl; L² is abond, carbonyl, O, S, —NR⁵—, —NR⁶CH₂—, —NR⁶C(═O)—, —NR⁶SO₂—, alkylene,alkenylene, heteroalkylene, alkylenecarbonyl, alkenylenecarbonyl, orheteroalkylenecarbonyl; m is an integer from 0 to 12; B is selected fromB-I, B-II, B-III, and B-IV; wherein B is connected at any ring atom toL²; B-I is

B-II is

B-III is

B-IV is

each of Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is independently CR⁷, N, or NR⁹; Z⁵ is C orN; each of Z⁶, Z⁷, and Z⁸ is independently CR⁸, N, NR⁹, O, or S; each ofZ⁹, Z¹⁰, and Z¹¹ is independently CR¹⁰, CR¹¹R¹², NR¹³, O, or S; n is aninteger from 0 to 6; each of R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹,R¹², and R¹³ is, at each occurrence, independently selected from H,halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl,amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy, heterocyclylalkyloxy,heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy,aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, andheteroarylalkylamino; each of R^(A) and R^(B) is, at each occurrence,independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy,heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl,aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, andheteroarylalkylamino, wherein two R^(A) groups or two R^(B) groupsattached to the same atom or different atoms can together optionallyform a bridge or ring; and R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano,dialkylphosphine oxide, oxo, carboxyl, amido, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkylamino,cycloalkylalkylamino, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxy,heterocyclylalkyloxy, heterocyclylamino, heterocyclylalkylamino, aryl,aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, arylamino, aralkylamino, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, heteroarylamino, orheteroarylalkylamino.
 24. The method of claim 23, wherein: X⁵ is S; X⁶is CR³, wherein R³ in X⁶ is selected from H, halo, amino, carboxyl, andalkyl; L² is C₁-C₄ alkylene; L³ is carbonyl, O, S, or —NR⁵—; B is

Z¹ and Z² are CR⁷; Z⁵ is C; Z⁶ is NR^(B); Z⁷ and Z⁸ are CR⁸; R¹ ishaloalkyl; and R¹⁴ is halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, cyano,amido, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or haloalkyl.